WO2015027520A1 - Carrier aggregation method, device and system - Google Patents
Carrier aggregation method, device and system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015027520A1 WO2015027520A1 PCT/CN2013/082803 CN2013082803W WO2015027520A1 WO 2015027520 A1 WO2015027520 A1 WO 2015027520A1 CN 2013082803 W CN2013082803 W CN 2013082803W WO 2015027520 A1 WO2015027520 A1 WO 2015027520A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- entity
- data
- duplex mode
- secondary carrier
- mode
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 104
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 52
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 52
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 64
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 abstract description 33
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000006463 Talin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010083809 Talin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
- H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
- H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
- H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/06—Optimizing the usage of the radio link, e.g. header compression, information sizing, discarding information
Definitions
- the present invention relates to communications technologies, and in particular, to a carrier aggregation method, device, and system.
- BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION With the rapid development of communication technologies, the number and throughput requirements of mobile terminal users are increasing. However, since the carrier resources of a single cell are limited, when there is no idle carrier resource available for the cell, the cell is under the cell. Users cannot achieve the peak throughput of user capabilities.
- the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) introduced Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology in the Release 10 phase to aggregate multiple consecutive or non-contiguous carriers into larger ones.
- the bandwidth is configured to meet the peak throughput requirement of a single user equipment (UE).
- the aggregated carrier consists of one primary carrier and one or more secondary carriers.
- the primary carrier needs to send service data and control messages.
- the secondary carrier may only transmit service data, and the control message on the secondary carrier may be sent on the primary carrier.
- the CA technology includes the downlink CA and the uplink CA.
- the downlink CA achieves the purpose of improving the downlink rate of the terminal by aggregating multiple downlink carriers.
- the uplink CA achieves the purpose of improving the uplink rate of the terminal by aggregating multiple uplink carriers.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a carrier aggregation method, device, and system for providing a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA.
- the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, including:
- the first entity determines a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the first entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second The cell in the duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE, and interacts with the UE by the second entity.
- the second entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- Determining a frequency point corresponding to the overlapped frequency range in the first duplex mode notifying the UE to the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity according to the The first duplex mode interacts with the data.
- the first data is first downlink data
- the second data is second downlink data
- the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE for the first data
- the method includes: the first entity modulating the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and modulating the first downlink data Sent to the UE;
- the interacting with the UE by the second entity, the second data includes:
- the first entity modulates the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated second downlink data to the UE by using the second entity; or, the first The entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE; where the second entity The interaction with the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the first data is a first uplink data
- the second data is a second uplink data
- the first entity exchanges the first data with the user equipment UE, the method includes: the first entity receiving, by the first UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode; And the second entity receives the second data from the UE, where the second entity receives the second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, after the The second uplink data is sent by the UE to the second entity, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the first entity before the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE, the first entity includes:
- the first data is first downlink data
- the second data is second downlink data
- the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE for the first data, including:
- the first entity modulates the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
- the interacting with the UE by the second entity, the second data includes:
- the modulated second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE;
- the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the first data is a first uplink data
- the second data is a second uplink data
- the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE for the first data, including:
- the interacting with the UE by the second entity, the second data includes:
- the first entity receives second uplink data from the second entity, where the second uplink data is obtained by the second entity after being modulated by the UE according to a second duplex mode.
- the second uplink data is sent after demodulation.
- the method further includes:
- the first entity receives an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a frequency
- the second entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the ninth aspect of the first aspect in a possible implementation manner, after the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data, the method further includes:
- the first entity sends a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data Previously, it also included:
- the determining, by the first entity, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier Determining, by the first entity, the downlink entity in the secondary carrier by using the second entity;
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second pair Before the working mode is the TDD mode
- the method further includes: determining, by the first entity, downlink CA resources in the secondary carrier to send the second downlink In the case of data, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data Previously, it also included:
- the determining, by the first entity, the uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier The first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier; or
- the first entity determines, according to a pre-configuration, an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second pair Before the working mode is the TDD mode
- the method further includes: determining, by the first entity, an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, for receiving the second uplink In the case of data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the method includes: after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
- the determining, by the first entity, the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA includes:
- the first entity selects, in a set of cells configured by the operation support system 0SS, a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the set of cells includes at least one cell of a second duplex mode.
- the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, including:
- the second entity determines a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the second entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second a cell in a duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; and interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity; the first entity is configured to control a primary carrier of the CA Community.
- the interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity includes:
- the second entity interacts with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
- the data is downlink data
- the second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the first duplex mode and the
- UE interaction data including:
- the second entity receives the downlink data modulated by the first entity according to the first duplex mode, and sends the downlink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the UE; Or,
- the second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to a first duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
- the data is uplink data
- the second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the first duplex mode and the
- UE interaction data including:
- the data exchange with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity includes:
- the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
- the data is downlink data
- the second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to the second duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
- the second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the second duplex mode After interacting with the UE, the data further includes:
- the second entity receives an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode
- the second pair When the working mode is the frequency division duplex FDD mode, the second entity sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier. .
- the data is uplink data
- the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode is demodulated and sent to the first entity.
- the second entity receives the uplink data that is sent by the UE and is modulated according to the second duplex mode. After that, it also includes:
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is In the FDD mode
- the second entity receives the uplink data by using a part of uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity includes:
- the second entity exchanges data with the UE by using the CA in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the first entity.
- the determining, by the second entity, the CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier includes:
- the second entity negotiates with the first entity to determine that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies the resource; or the second entity determines, according to the pre-configuration, the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
- the method further includes:
- the second entity exchanges data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell by using a resource other than the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode.
- the second entity When the second entity sends data to the UE by using the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
- the second entity When the second entity receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the determining, by the second entity, the primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA includes:
- the second entity determines a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the configuration of the operation support system 0SS.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex The mode is a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, including:
- the user equipment UE determines a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, the first duplex The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- the UE interacting with the first entity with the first data includes:
- the UE exchanges the first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode; and the second entity interacts with the first entity by the second entity, including:
- the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity.
- the second data is the second downlink data;
- the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
- the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity After the second data, it also includes:
- the second data is second uplink data
- the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
- the performing, by the second entity, interacting with the first entity by using the second entity After the second data it also includes:
- the user equipment UE determines a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, Includes:
- the UE After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the UE receives information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell from the first entity.
- the receiving, by the first entity, a frequency point corresponding to a secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell Information including:
- the UE receives a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
- the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, where the The two duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
- the present invention provides an entity, including:
- a processor configured to determine a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second a cell in a duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; a transmitter and a receiver, configured to exchange first data with a user equipment UE, and interact with the UE by another entity Second data; the another entity is used to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier wave corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is determined, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
- the transmitter Determining, by the transmitter, a frequency point corresponding to the overlapped frequency range in the first duplex mode; the transmitter is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and The other entity interacts with the data in accordance with the first duplex mode.
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data
- the first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
- the data is provided to the another entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity and the UE are The interaction between the frequencies is in the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the first data is a first uplink data
- the second data is a second uplink data
- the receiver is specifically used to:
- Second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the another entity;
- the interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the transmitter is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
- the first data is first downlink data
- the second data is second downlink data
- the transmitter is specifically used to:
- the first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
- the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity
- the interaction with the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the first data is a first uplink data
- the second data is a second uplink data
- the receiver is specifically used to:
- Second uplink data from the another entity where the second uplink data is a second uplink data solution that is received by the another entity from the UE and modulated by the UE according to a second duplex mode. Transmitted after sending.
- the receiver is further configured to receive the UE according to the first duplex The uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data sent by the feedback timing of the mode.
- the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a frequency
- the another entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the transmitter is further configured to perform a feedback timing according to the first duplex mode Sending a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data to the UE.
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the another entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the processor is further configured to:
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second pair When the mode is TDD mode, the processor is further configured to:
- the processor is further configured to:
- the uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is not used by the another entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second When the working mode is the TDD mode, when the processor determines that the uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier is used to receive the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the processor is specifically used to: In the cell set configured by the OSS, the secondary carrier cell of the CA is selected, and the cell set includes at least one cell of the second duplex mode.
- the entity is a base station.
- the present invention provides an entity, including:
- a processor configured to determine a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second a duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; a transmitter and a receiver, configured to exchange data with the user equipment UE according to an indication of another entity; Controlling the primary carrier cell of the CA.
- the transmitter and the receiver are specifically configured to:
- the data is downlink data
- the receiver is specifically configured to receive, from the another entity, downlink data modulated by the another entity according to a first duplex mode, where the transmitter is specifically configured to: after the modulation according to the first duplex mode The downlink data is sent to the UE; or
- the receiver is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitting device is configured to send the downlink data according to a first duplex mode and then send the data to the UE.
- the data is uplink data
- the receiver is specifically configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
- the transmitter is specifically configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the another entity.
- the transmitter and the receiver are specifically configured to:
- the fifth possible implementation in the fifth aspect In the current mode, the data is downlink data;
- the receiver is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitting device is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the second duplex mode.
- the receiver is further configured to receive a feedback timing of the UE according to the second duplex mode The uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication sent for the downlink data.
- the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode
- the second pair When the mode is the frequency division duplex FDD mode, the transmitter transmits the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the data is uplink data
- the receiver is specifically configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode;
- the transmitter is specifically configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send the uplink data to the another entity.
- the transmitter is further configured to: send, according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode, to the UE A downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data is sent.
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is In the FDD mode
- the receiver receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the transmitter and the processor are specifically configured to exchange data with the UE by using a CA in the secondary carrier according to an indication of the another entity.
- the processor is further specifically configured to:
- the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
- the transmitter and the receiver are further configured to pass the secondary carrier
- the other resources except the CA occupied resources interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode.
- the transmitter sends data to the UE through the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable;
- the receiver When the receiver receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the processor is specifically configured to:
- the primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA is determined according to the configuration of the operation support system 0SS.
- the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
- the entity is a base station.
- the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
- a processor configured to determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, where the first The duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- a transmitter and a receiver configured to exchange first data with the first entity, and to exchange second data with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is configured to control the primary carrier cell, where The second entity is configured to control the secondary carrier cell.
- the The receiver is specifically used to:
- the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity.
- the second data is the second downlink data;
- the receiver is specifically configured to: receive, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is the second entity Received from the first entity.
- the transmitter is further configured to:
- the second data is a second uplink data
- the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity And being sent by the second entity to the first entity.
- the receiver is further configured to:
- the receiver is further configured to: access the main device in the user equipment After receiving the carrier cell, receiving, by the first entity, information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell;
- the processor is specifically configured to: determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the information about the frequency point received by the receiver from the first entity.
- the receiver is further configured to: receive a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
- the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, where the The two duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
- the present invention provides a carrier aggregation system, comprising: the entity according to the fourth aspect, the another entity, and the user equipment.
- the eighth aspect of the present invention provides a carrier aggregation system, comprising: the entity according to the fifth aspect, the another entity, and the user equipment.
- the present invention provides a carrier aggregation system, comprising: the user equipment according to the sixth aspect, the first entity and the second entity.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below.
- the drawings are some embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings without any inventive labor.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 400 according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 500 according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 600 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 700 according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 800 according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 900 according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a carrier aggregation system 100 according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention.
- the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention.
- the embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes:
- Step 101 The first entity determines a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the first entity is used to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a In the cell of the two-duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode.
- the first entity may be an Evolved Node B (eNB) for controlling the primary carrier cell, or a board for controlling the primary carrier cell in the eNB.
- the first duplex mode may be a Frequency Dividing Duplex (FDD) mode
- the second duplex mode may be a Time Division Duplex (TDD) mode.
- the first duplex mode may be a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode may be an FDD mode.
- the first entity determines a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, and the method includes: the first entity is in an operation support system (OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as
- OSS Operaation Support System
- the secondary carrier cell of the CA is selected, and the cell set includes at least one cell of the second duplex mode.
- the set of cells further includes at least one cell of the first duplex mode.
- the cell identifier of each cell may be included in the cell set.
- the CA may have one or more secondary carrier cells.
- the 0SS may further configure a parameter such as a CA threshold, where the CA threshold is used by the first entity to determine when to start the CA.
- Step 102 The first entity exchanges first data with the UE, and interacts with the UE by using the second data by the second entity.
- the second entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the secondary carrier cell.
- the multiple auxiliary carriers may correspond to the same second entity, or may correspond to different second entities.
- the first entity exchanges data with the UE by using a second entity corresponding to each secondary carrier cell.
- the CA may be an uplink CA or a downlink CA.
- the first entity divides the downlink data to be sent to the UE into the first data and the second data, and the first entity sends the second data to the second entity. And being sent by the second entity to the UE.
- the uplink CA is performed, the UE divides the uplink data into the first data and the second data, and sends the first data directly to the first entity, and sends the second data to the second entity. And sending, by the second entity, the second data to the first entity, and then the first entity aggregates the first data and the second data and sends the first data to the upper layer.
- the first entity divides the downlink data to be sent to the UE into (N+1) copies. That is, the first data and the N second data; each of the second data corresponds to one secondary carrier cell, and is sent to the UE by using the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell.
- N secondary carrier cells in an uplink CA and N is a positive integer greater than 1
- the UE divides the uplink data into (N+1) shares, that is, the first data and the N copies of the second data;
- the second data is corresponding to one secondary carrier cell, and is sent to the corresponding second entity by using the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell.
- the first entity and the second entity may interact through the X2 interface.
- the first entity and the second entity may be different boards in the same eNB, and correspondingly, the interaction between the first entity and the second entity may be implemented by using an internal interface of the eNB.
- the method may further include:
- Determining a frequency point corresponding to the overlapped frequency range in the first duplex mode notifying the UE to the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity according to the The first duplex mode interacts with the data.
- the first entity may search for a pre-configured cell information table according to the cell identifier of the secondary carrier cell obtained from the set of cells, and determine a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell.
- the first entity may also search a pre-configured cell information table, and determine the The overlapping frequency ranges are corresponding to the frequency points in the first duplex mode.
- the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, that is, the TDD mode.
- the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the FDD mode.
- the overlapping frequency ranges are within a frequency range in which the first duplex mode and the second duplex mode overlap.
- Table 1 shows the evolution of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) defined by the 3GPP protocol.
- the operating frequency bands of the Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) are in the FDD mode and the TDD mode. Band table of overlapping frequency ranges.
- the FDD mode operating band (Band) 2 has an uplink operating band of 1850 MHz_1910 MHz and a downlink operating band of 1930-1990 MHz, and has a overlapping downlink frequency range with the Band 36 of the TDD mode, and correspondingly, the FDD mode of Band2
- the cell can be selected as the secondary carrier cell of the downlink CA that does not change the air interface protocol mode; the Band2 in the FDD mode and the Band35 in the TDD mode have overlapping uplink frequency ranges, so the cell of the Band2 in the FDD mode can also be selected as the air interface protocol.
- the secondary carrier cell of the uplink CA is selected as the secondary carrier cell of the uplink CA.
- the Band41 of the TDD mode has an uplink frequency range and a downlink frequency range of 2496 MHz to 2690 MHz, wherein the 2500 MHz_2570 MHz overlaps with the uplink frequency range of the Band 7 of the FDD mode, and thus the cell of the 2500 MHz_2570 MHz band of the TDD mode can be selected as the embodiment of the present invention.
- the secondary carrier cell of the uplink CA in the same way, the 2620MHz-2690MHz in the TDD mode overlaps with the downlink frequency range of the Band7 in the FDD mode, so the TDD mode
- the cell of the band 2620 MHz-2690 MHz may be selected as the secondary carrier cell of the downlink CA in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the first entity determines that the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell may be within a frequency range overlapping in the downlink working frequency band of different duplex modes in Table 1, or is different from that in Table 1.
- the overlapping frequency ranges in the downlink operating band of the duplex mode overlap.
- the first duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2620 MHz-2630 MHz
- the frequency range is in the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the first The frequency range of a duplex mode overlaps
- the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz.
- the first duplex mode is FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is TDD mode
- the secondary carrier frequency range is 2610MHz- 2630MHz
- the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz.
- the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell is different from the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell, that is, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode, and therefore, the overlapping frequency range is in the second pair.
- the corresponding frequency point in the working mode is different from the frequency point corresponding to the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode.
- the second duplex mode is TDD mode
- the frequency of the secondary carrier is 36950
- the frequency band of the secondary carrier is Band36
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier is 600 in the FDD mode, corresponding to the FDD mode.
- the band is Band2.
- the first entity sends the corresponding frequency to the UE.
- the notifying the frequency to the UE includes:
- the first entity After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends a Radio Resource Control (RRC) reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the frequency point. information.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- the first entity may notify the UE of the bandwidth corresponding to the overlapping frequency range, and notify the UE according to the frequency, while notifying the information of the frequency point to the UE.
- the information of the points and the corresponding bandwidth determine the overlapping frequency ranges.
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data
- the first entity and the user equipment in the step 102 are The UE interacts with the first data, and the first entity performs modulation on the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated first downlink data to the UE.
- the second entity interacts with the UE by the second data in the step 102, the method includes: the first entity modulating the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and modulating the second data
- the downlink data is sent to the UE by the second entity; or the first entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity to perform modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink
- the data is sent by the second entity to the UE, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the method further includes:
- the first entity receives an Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HQQ) indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- HQQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
- the UE In the scenario where the air interface protocol is not changed, the UE considers the downlink CA as the same-mode downlink CA in the first duplex mode. Therefore, for the first downlink data and the second downlink data, the UE may follow the primary The duplex mode of the carrier cell, that is, the feedback timing of the first duplex mode, sends a corresponding uplink HARQ indication to the first entity.
- the first entity determines, according to an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data, second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted, and indicates that the second entity is to be modulated according to the first duplex mode.
- the retransmitted second downlink data is sent to the UE by using the secondary carrier.
- the primary carrier cell is in a TDD mode
- the secondary carrier cell is in an FDD mode
- the first entity downlinks the UE.
- the data is divided into a first downlink data and a second downlink data, where the first entity modulates the second downlink data according to the TDD mode and sends the second downlink data to the second entity, where the second entity sends the modulated second downlink data through the secondary carrier.
- the primary carrier cell receives an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the TDD mode
- the first entity determines, according to the uplink HARQ indication, the second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted. Transmitting the second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted to the eNB of the secondary carrier cell according to the TDD mode, and the second entity will modulate the second required to be retransmitted. Line data to the UE through the secondary carrier.
- the frequency range in which the first duplex mode corresponding to the secondary carrier and the primary carrier overlap is transmitted to the UE in the first duplex mode, and is sent to the UE through the secondary carrier.
- the second downlink data is also modulated according to the first duplex mode, so that the UE can receive the downlink data and send the uplink HARQ indication according to the downlink CA of the same standard, and provide a heterogeneous carrier that does not change the existing air interface protocol.
- Downstream CA solution improves downstream throughput And spectrum resource utilization.
- the first data is the first uplink data
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the first entity and the user equipment UE in the step 102 are The first data is exchanged by the first entity, and the first entity receives, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
- the second entity interacting with the UE by the second data in the step 102, the method includes: the first entity receiving, by the second entity, a second modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode
- the uplink data, the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the second entity, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point .
- the method further includes: sending, by the first entity, the UE to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the downlink HARQ indication of the two uplink data is not limited to: sending, by the first entity, the UE to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the frequency range in which the first duplex mode corresponding to the primary carrier and the primary carrier are overlapped is sent to the UE in the first duplex mode, so that the UE can follow the uplink of the same standard.
- the CA method sends data, providing a solution for the heterogeneous carrier uplink CA without changing the existing air interface protocol, improving the uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
- the air interface protocol is modified.
- the method may further include:
- the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode in the embodiment that does not need to modify the air interface protocol.
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier may be the same as the frequency of the first duplex mode.
- the frequency ranges overlap, and may also have no overlap with the frequency range of the first duplex mode.
- the first entity sends the corresponding frequency to the UE.
- the notifying the frequency to the UE includes:
- the first entity After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends an RRC weight to the UE. And configuring a message, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
- the first entity may notify the UE of the bandwidth of the secondary carrier while the information of the frequency point is notified to the UE, so that the UE is configured according to the information of the frequency point.
- bandwidth determine a frequency range of the secondary carrier.
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data
- the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE in the first data in step 102, including: the first entity modulates the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and modulates The first downlink data is sent to the UE;
- the step of the second entity interacting with the UE by the second entity in the step 102 includes: the first entity providing the second downlink data to the second entity to perform modulation according to the second duplex mode, and then modulating The second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data may be multiple.
- the method further includes:
- the first entity receives an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the UE may also send the second entity to the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- An uplink HARQ indication of the second downlink data where the second entity may determine, according to the uplink HARQ indication, second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted, or send the uplink HARQ indication to the first entity, by using the first
- the entity determines, according to the uplink HARQ indication, second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted.
- the feedback timing of the first duplex mode is different from the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. If the UE sends the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode, the UE may specifically modify the feedback timing of the previously stored second duplex mode to the first duplex mode. Feedback timing.
- the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, and sends the downlink data of the first duplex mode to the UE through the primary carrier, and the secondary carrier
- the wave transmits the downlink data of the second duplex mode to the UE, and provides a solution of the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA, which improves the downlink throughput rate and the spectrum resource utilization rate.
- the first data is the first uplink data
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE in the first data in step 102, including: the first entity receiving, by the first entity, the first uplink modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode Data
- the second entity interacting with the UE by the second entity in the step 102, the method includes: the first entity receiving second uplink data from the second entity, where the second uplink data is that the second entity is Transmitting, by the UE, the second uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode.
- the method further includes: sending, by the first entity, the UE to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the downlink HARQ indication of the two uplink data is not limited to: sending, by the first entity, the UE to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, so that the UE sends the entity that controls the primary carrier cell and the entity that controls the secondary carrier cell according to different duplex modes.
- Uplink data provides a solution for heterogeneous carrier uplink CA, which improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the method further includes:
- the determining, by the first entity, the downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier includes: the first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine a downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier; or
- the foregoing negotiation manner may be that the first entity passes the message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 interface request (X2 Setup Request).
- the message and the X2 interface response (X2 Setup Response) message inform the second entity of the bandwidth required for the second downlink data, and the second entity determines the downlink CA occupation resource on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth.
- the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using an extension field and the downlink CA occupation resource on the determined secondary carrier.
- the pre-configured mode may be that the resources of the secondary carrier that are available for the downlink CA are specified in the configuration of the 0SS, that is, the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
- the method further includes: When the first entity determines that the downlink CA resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the second downlink data, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the second entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier,
- the location of the partial downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the subframes with the same location refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same transmission time period (Transmi ssionTimelnterval, TTI for short).
- the method further includes:
- the resource is not used by the second entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the first entity may notify the UE of the determined uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier.
- the determining, by the first entity, the uplink CA occupant resources in the secondary carrier includes: the first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine an uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier; or
- the first entity determines, according to a pre-configuration, an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
- the manner of the foregoing negotiation may be
- the first entity sends a message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 Setup Request message and an X2 Setup Response message, to notify the second entity of the bandwidth required for receiving the second uplink data, the second The entity determines the uplink CA occupied resources on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth.
- the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using an extension field and the determined uplink CA occupation resource on the secondary carrier.
- the pre-configured manner may be that the resources available for the CA in the secondary carrier are specified in the configuration of the 0SS, that is, the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
- the method further includes: When the first entity determines that the uplink CA resource in the secondary carrier is used to receive the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the uplink mode.
- the second entity receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- Embodiment 1 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the method includes:
- Step 201 The second entity determines a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the second entity is configured to control the
- the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode
- the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode
- the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode .
- the second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the secondary carrier cell.
- the first duplex mode may be an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode may be a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode may be a TDD mode
- the second The duplex mode can be the FDD mode.
- the secondary carrier cell of the CA may have one or more, and the second entity corresponding to each secondary carrier cell may independently perform the method in the second embodiment, without knowing which other secondary carrier cells are. Community.
- the determining, by the second entity, a primary carrier cell of the CA including: the second entity root According to the configuration of the OSS, the primary carrier cell of the CA is determined.
- Step 202 Interact data with the UE according to the indication of the first entity, where the first entity is used to control a primary carrier cell of the CA.
- the first entity may be an eNB that controls the primary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the primary carrier cell.
- the first entity and the second entity may interact through the X2 interface.
- the first entity and the second entity may be different boards in the same eNB, and correspondingly, the interaction between the first entity and the second entity may be implemented by using an internal interface of the eNB.
- the CA may be an uplink CA or a downlink CA.
- the first entity divides the downlink data to be sent to the UE into the first data and the second data, and the first entity sends the second data to the second entity. And being sent by the second entity to the UE.
- the uplink CA is performed, the UE divides the uplink data into the first data and the second data, and sends the first data directly to the first entity, and sends the second data to the second entity. And sending, by the second entity, the second data to the first entity, and then the first entity aggregates the first data and the second data and sends the first data to the upper layer.
- the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and accordingly, the air interface protocol does not need to be modified.
- the step 202 may specifically include:
- the second entity interacts with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell may be in a frequency range overlapping in a downlink working band of different duplex modes in Table 1, or overlap with a downlink working band in a different duplex mode in Table 1.
- the frequency ranges overlap.
- the first duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2620 MHz-2630 MHz
- the frequency range is in the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the first The frequency range of a duplex mode overlaps
- the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz.
- the first duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2610 MHz-2630 MHz
- the frequency range overlaps with the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, It overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode
- the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz o
- the first entity may further indicate the overlapping frequency range of the second entity, so that the second entity interacts with the UE in the overlapping frequency range.
- the data is downlink data.
- the second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to a first duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
- the UE may send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the first entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second entity sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the downlink subframe of the primary carrier. The location is the same.
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell sends the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell to the UE, so that the UE can receive data and send uplink HARQ feedback according to the downlink CA mode of the same standard.
- a solution for a heterogeneous carrier downlink CA that does not modify the existing air interface protocol is provided, which improves downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the data is uplink data.
- the first entity may send a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, and the carrier of the TDD mode is Not all subframes can be used for uplink reception. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode and the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second entity uses a partial uplink of the secondary carrier.
- the subframe receives the uplink data, and the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives, from the UE, the uplink data modulated by the UE in the duplex mode of the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, and sends the uplink data to the entity controlling the primary carrier cell, so that the UE can follow
- the uplink CA method of the same format transmits data, and provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier uplink CA that does not change the existing air interface protocol, thereby improving uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
- step 202 may include:
- the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
- the data is downlink data.
- the second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the second duplex mode and the
- UE interaction data including:
- the second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to the second duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
- the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data may be multiple.
- the method further includes:
- the second entity receives an uplink HARQ indication that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, for the downlink data.
- the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second entity sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the downlink subframe of the primary carrier. The location is the same.
- the subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell sends the downlink data provided by the heterogeneous primary carrier cell to the UE according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA. , improving downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the data is uplink data.
- the second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the second duplex mode and the
- UE interaction data including:
- the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode is demodulated and sent to the first entity.
- the method further includes:
- the downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data may also be sent to the UE by the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode.
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second entity receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe and the uplink subframe in the primary carrier The location is the same.
- the subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and demodulates and sends the uplink data to the entity that controls the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, providing a A heterogeneous carrier uplink CA solution improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the method further includes:
- Step 202 comprising: And the second entity exchanges data with the UE by using the CA in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the first entity.
- the determining, by the second entity, the CA occupation resources in the secondary carrier including:
- the second entity negotiates with the first entity to determine that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies the resource; or the second entity determines, according to the pre-configuration, the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
- the negotiation may be performed by the first entity by using a message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 Setup Request message and an X2 interface establishment response (X2).
- the Setup Response message informs the second entity CA of the required bandwidth, and the second entity determines the CA occupation resource on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth.
- the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using the extended field and the CA occupied resource on the determined secondary carrier.
- the pre-configured manner may be that the resources available for the CA in the secondary carrier are specified in the configuration of the 0SS, that is, the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
- the method further includes:
- the second entity exchanges data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell by using a resource other than the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
- the first duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, because each of the carriers in the TDD mode cannot be used for both the uplink and the downlink.
- the second entity When the second entity sends data to the UE by using the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
- the second entity When the second entity receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes:
- Step 301 The UE determines a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode
- the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, where the first duplex mode is performed. Different from the second duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
- the first entity for controlling the primary carrier cell sends a frequency notification corresponding to the secondary carrier to the UE.
- step 301 includes:
- the UE After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the UE receives information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell from the first entity.
- the receiving, by the first entity, information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell including:
- the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
- the first entity may be an eNB that controls the primary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the primary carrier cell.
- the RRC reconfiguration message further carries the bandwidth of the secondary carrier, and the UE may determine the frequency range of the secondary carrier according to the information and bandwidth of the frequency point.
- Step 302 The UE exchanges first data with the first entity, and interacts with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is used to control the primary carrier cell, and the second entity Used to control the secondary carrier cell.
- the second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the secondary carrier cell.
- there may be one or more secondary carrier cells; when there are multiple secondary carrier cells, the multiple secondary carrier cells may correspond to the same second entity, or may correspond to different second entities; The second entity corresponding to the first entity and each secondary carrier cell exchanges data.
- the UE interacting with the first entity with the first data includes:
- the UE exchanges the first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode; and the second entity interacts with the first entity by the second entity, including:
- the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity.
- the second data is the second downlink data;
- the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
- the method further includes:
- the UE receives the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell in different duplex modes, and provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA. Downstream throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
- the method further includes:
- the UE receives the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent by the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the UE sends uplink data modulated according to different duplex modes to the first entity that controls the primary carrier cell and the second entity that controls the secondary carrier cell, and provides a heterogeneous frequency band carrier uplink CA.
- the solution improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- Embodiment 3 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 400 according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the entity 400 includes:
- the processor 41 is configured to determine a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the entity is used to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second pair The working mode cell, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- the transmitter 42 and the receiver 43 are configured to exchange first data with the UE, and interact with the UE by the second data by another entity; the another entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the processor 41 is specifically configured to: select, in a set of cells configured by the 0SS, a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the set of cells includes at least one cell in a second duplex mode.
- the entity is an eNB.
- the entity is a board in the eNB for controlling the primary carrier cell.
- the processor 41 is also used to:
- the transmitter 42 Determining, by the transmitter 42, the frequency point of the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode; the transmitter 42 is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the The other entity interacts with the data in accordance with the first duplex mode.
- the transmitter 42 is specifically configured to:
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data
- the transmitter 42 is specifically used to:
- the first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
- the data is provided to the another entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity and the UE are The interaction between the frequencies is in the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the receiver is further configured to: receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode corresponding to the primary carrier by using the heterogeneous secondary carrier The overlapping frequency ranges are sent to the UE in the first duplex mode, and the second downlink data sent to the UE by the secondary carrier is also modulated according to the first duplex mode, so that the UE can follow the same standard.
- the downlink CA mode is used to receive downlink data and send an uplink HARQ indication, and provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier downlink CA that does not change the existing air interface protocol, thereby improving downlink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
- the first data is the first uplink data
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the receiver 43 is specifically used to:
- Second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the another entity;
- the interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the transmitter 42 is further configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the frequency range in which the first duplex mode corresponding to the primary carrier and the primary carrier are overlapped is sent to the UE in the first duplex mode, so that the UE can follow the uplink of the same standard.
- the CA method sends data, providing a solution for the heterogeneous carrier uplink CA without changing the existing air interface protocol, improving the uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
- the air interface protocol is modified. Accordingly, the processor 41 is further configured to:
- the transmitter 42 is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
- the transmitter 42 is specifically configured to:
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data.
- the transmitter 42 is specifically used to:
- the first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
- the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity and the The interaction between the UEs is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency points.
- the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data may be multiple.
- the receiver 43 is further configured to: receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, transmits the downlink data of the first duplex mode to the UE by using the primary carrier, and sends the second downlink to the UE by using the secondary carrier.
- the downlink data of the duplex mode provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA, which improves the downlink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
- the first data is the first uplink data
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the receiver 43 is specifically used to:
- Second uplink data from the another entity where the second uplink data is a second uplink data solution that is received by the another entity from the UE and modulated by the UE according to a second duplex mode. Transmitted after sending.
- the transmitter 42 is further configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, so that the UE sends the entity that controls the primary carrier cell and the entity that controls the secondary carrier cell according to different duplex modes.
- Uplink data provides a solution for heterogeneous carrier uplink CA, which improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the another entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier
- the location of the partial downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the processor 41 is further configured to:
- the downlink CA in the secondary carrier by using another entity to exchange the second data with the UE, where the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies the resource for sending the The second downlink data is not used by the another entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the processor 41 is further configured to:
- the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode
- the processor 41 is further configured to:
- the another entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe of the secondary carrier,
- the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the processor 41 is further configured to:
- the uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is not used by the another entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the processor 41 is further configured to: And determining, by the another entity, the uplink CA in the secondary carrier to occupy the resource; or determining, according to the pre-configuration, the uplink CA occupying the resource in the secondary carrier.
- the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode
- the processor 41 determines that an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is used for When receiving the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- Embodiment 4 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 500 according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 5, the entity 500 includes:
- the processor 51 is configured to determine a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the entity is used to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second pair The working mode cell, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are configured to exchange data with the UE according to an indication of another entity; the another entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the entity is a base station eNB, or a board in the eNB for controlling the secondary carrier cell.
- the processor 51 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the configuration of the 0SS, a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA.
- the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and accordingly, the air interface protocol does not need to be modified.
- the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are specifically used to:
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell may be in a frequency range overlapping in a downlink working band of different duplex modes in Table 1, or overlap with a downlink working band in a different duplex mode in Table 1.
- the frequency ranges overlap.
- the first duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2620 MHz-2630 MHz
- the frequency range is in the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the first The frequency range of a duplex mode overlaps
- the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz.
- the first duplex The mode is FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is TDD mode
- the frequency range of the secondary carrier is 2610MHz-2630MHz.
- the frequency range overlaps with the downlink operating frequency range of Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the frequency range of the first duplex mode. There are overlaps, overlapping frequencies range from 2620MHz to 2630MHz o
- another entity may further indicate the overlapping frequency ranges of the entity, such that the entity interacts with the UE within the overlapping frequency range.
- the data is downlink data.
- the receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive, from the another entity, downlink data modulated by the another entity according to the first duplex mode, where the transmitter 52 is specifically configured to use the downlink that is modulated according to the first duplex mode. Data is sent to the UE; or
- the receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitter 52 is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the first duplex mode.
- the UE may send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the transmitter 52 sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier. .
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell sends the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell to the UE, so that the UE can receive data and send uplink HARQ feedback according to the downlink CA mode of the same standard.
- a solution for a heterogeneous carrier downlink CA that does not modify the existing air interface protocol is provided, which improves downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the data is uplink data.
- the receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode.
- the transmitter 52 is specifically configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the another entity.
- the another entity may send a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives, from the UE, the uplink data modulated by the UE in the duplex mode of the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, and sends the uplink data to the entity controlling the primary carrier cell, so that the UE can follow
- the uplink CA method of the same format transmits data, and provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier uplink CA that does not change the existing air interface protocol, thereby improving uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
- the air interface protocol is modified. Accordingly, the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are specifically used to:
- the data is downlink data.
- the receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitter 52 is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the second duplex mode.
- the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data may be multiple.
- the receiver 53 is further configured to: receive an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the transmitter 52 sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier. .
- the subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
- the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell modulates the downlink data provided by the heterogeneous primary carrier cell according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and sends the downlink data to the UE, thereby providing a heterogeneous system.
- the carrier-based downlink CA solution improves downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the data is uplink data.
- the receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode from the UE.
- the transmitter 52 is specifically configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send the uplink data to the another entity.
- the transmitter 52 is further configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data may also be sent to the UE by another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode.
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the receiver 53 receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier. .
- the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and demodulates and sends the uplink data to the entity that controls the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, providing a A heterogeneous carrier uplink CA solution improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the processor 51 is further configured to:
- the transmitter 52 and the processor 53 are specifically configured to exchange data with the UE by using a CA occupying resources in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the another entity.
- the processor 51 is further configured to:
- the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
- the manner of the foregoing negotiation may be that the other entity of the book passes the message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 Setup Request.
- the X2 interface response (X2 Setup Response) message informs the entity CA of the required bandwidth, and the entity determines the CA occupied resource on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth.
- the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using the extended field and the CA occupied resource on the determined secondary carrier.
- the pre-configured manner may be that the secondary carrier is available in the configuration of the 0SS.
- the resource of the CA that is, the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
- the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are further configured to access the secondary carrier cell by using other resources in the secondary carrier except the CA occupation resource. UE interaction data.
- the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a time division duplex mode, because each subframe in the carrier of the TDD mode cannot be used for both the uplink and the downlink.
- the transmitter 52 transmits data to the UE through the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
- the receiver 53 When the receiver 53 receives data from the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- Embodiment 5 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 600 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the UE 600 includes:
- the processor 61 is configured to determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, where the first dual The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- the transmitter 62 and the receiver 63 are configured to exchange the first data with the first entity, and exchange the second data with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is used to control the primary carrier cell.
- the second entity is configured to control the secondary carrier cell.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the entity for controlling the primary carrier cell sends a frequency notification corresponding to the secondary carrier to the UE.
- the receiver 63 is further configured to: access the UE 600 After the primary carrier cell is configured, the information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is received from the first entity;
- the processor 61 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the information about the frequency point that the receiver receives from the first entity, a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the receiver 63 is further configured to: receive an RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information about the frequency point.
- the RRC reconfiguration message further carries the bandwidth of the secondary carrier, and the UE may determine the frequency range of the secondary carrier according to the information and the bandwidth of the frequency point.
- the first entity may be an eNB that controls the primary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the primary carrier cell.
- the second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board in the eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell.
- there may be one or more secondary carrier cells; when there are multiple secondary carrier cells, the multiple secondary carrier cells may correspond to the same second entity, or may correspond to different second entities; The second entity corresponding to the first entity and each secondary carrier cell exchanges data.
- the transmitter 62 and the receiver 63 are specifically configured to:
- the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity.
- the second data is the second downlink data;
- the receiver 63 is specifically configured to: receive, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is the second entity Received by the first entity.
- the transmitter 62 is also used to:
- the UE receives the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell in different duplex modes, and provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA. Downstream throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the transmitter 62 is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity, Be The second entity sends to the first entity.
- the receiver 63 is further configured to:
- Embodiment 6 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 700 according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the entity 700 includes:
- a first determining module 71 configured to determine a secondary carrier cell of the CA; the entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a The second duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; the interaction module 72 is configured to exchange first data with the UE, and interact with the UE by using another entity.
- the another entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
- the first determining module 71 is specifically configured to: select, in a set of cells configured by the 0SS, a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the set of cells includes at least one cell of a second duplex mode.
- the entity 700 further includes:
- a second determining module configured to determine a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, where the interaction module 72 and the UE exchange the first data, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier is different from the first duplex
- the frequency range of the pattern overlaps
- a third determining module configured to determine a frequency point corresponding to the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode
- a notification module configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the first duplex mode.
- the notification module is configured to: after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, send an RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data.
- the interaction module 72 includes:
- the first sending unit is configured to adjust the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
- a second sending unit configured to modulate the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated second downlink data to the UE by using another entity; or Providing the second downlink data to the another entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity is The interaction between the UEs is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the entity 700 further includes:
- the receiving module is configured to receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first data is the first uplink data
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the interaction module 72 includes:
- a first receiving unit configured to receive, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode
- a second receiving unit configured to receive, by the another entity, second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE
- the interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the air interface protocol is modified. Accordingly, the entity 700 also includes:
- a fourth determining module configured to determine, before the interaction module 72 interacts with the UE, the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell in the second duplex mode
- a notification module configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
- the notification module is specifically configured to:
- the UE After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, sending an RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where The RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
- the first data is the first downlink data
- the second data is the second downlink data
- the interaction module 72 includes:
- a third sending unit configured to modify the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
- a fourth sending unit configured to send the second downlink data to the another entity to perform modulation according to the second duplex mode, where the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE, where The interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
- the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data may be multiple.
- the entity further includes:
- the receiving module is configured to receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first data is the first uplink data
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the interaction module 72 includes:
- a third receiving unit configured to receive, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode
- a fourth receiving unit configured to receive second uplink data from the another entity, where the second uplink data is that the another entity receives the second duplex mode modulated by the UE from the UE After the second uplink data is demodulated and transmitted.
- the entity further includes: a sending module, configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- a sending module configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the entity 700 further includes:
- a fifth determining module configured to determine, by the interaction module 72, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier before the second entity exchanges the second data with the UE, where the downlink CA resource in the secondary carrier is used for sending The second downlink data is not used by the another entity to exchange data with a UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the fifth determining module is specifically configured to:
- the fifth determining module determines that a downlink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the In the second downlink data, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the feedback timing of the TDD mode is different from the feedback timing of the FDD mode, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink.
- the another entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier,
- the location of the partial downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
- the entity 700 further includes:
- a sixth determining module configured to determine an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, and schedule the UE to pass an uplink in the secondary carrier, before the interaction module 72 exchanges the second data with the UE by another entity.
- the CA occupies the resource to send the second uplink data, and the uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier is not used for the UE to exchange data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
- the sixth determining module is specifically configured to:
- the sixth determining module determines an uplink CA in the secondary carrier.
- the resource is used to receive the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode.
- An entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
- Embodiment 7 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and Spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an entity 800 according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 8, the entity 800 includes:
- the first determining module 81 is configured to determine a primary carrier cell of the CA; the entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second pair The working mode cell, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- the first interaction module 82 interacts with the user equipment UE according to an indication of another entity; the another entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA.
- the first determining module 81 is specifically configured to: determine, by the second entity, a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the configuration of the 0SS.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and accordingly, the air interface protocol does not need to be modified.
- the first interaction module 82 is specifically configured to: interact with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity.
- the data is downlink data.
- the first interaction module 82 includes:
- a first receiving unit configured to receive, from the another entity, downlink data modulated by the another entity according to a first duplex mode
- a first sending unit configured to: after the modulation according to the first duplex mode The downlink data is sent to the UE; or
- a second receiving unit configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the second sending unit is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to a first duplex mode.
- the UE may send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second sending unit sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial downlink subframe and the downlink subframe in the primary carrier The same location.
- the data is uplink data.
- the first interaction module 82 includes:
- a third receiving unit configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode
- a third sending unit configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the another entity.
- the another entity may send a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink reception, and therefore, when the first duplex mode is TDD a mode, where the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the third receiving unit receives the uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe and an uplink subframe in the primary carrier The positions of the frames are the same.
- the air interface protocol is modified.
- the first interaction module 82 is configured to: the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity.
- the data is downlink data.
- the first interaction module 82 includes:
- a fourth receiving unit configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the fourth sending unit is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the second duplex mode.
- the entity 800 further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive, by the UE, an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- a receiving module configured to receive, by the UE, an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is TDD a mode, where the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the fourth sending unit sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the part of the downlink subframe and the downlink of the primary carrier The positions of the frames are the same.
- the data is uplink data.
- the first interaction module 82 includes:
- a fifth receiving unit configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode
- a fifth sending unit configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send the uplink data to the another entity.
- the entity 800 further includes:
- a sending module configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data may also be sent to the UE by another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- the first duplex mode is the TDD mode.
- the second duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the fifth receiving unit receives the uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe and the uplink subframe in the primary carrier The same location.
- the subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
- the entity 800 further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine a CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier;
- the first interaction module 82 is specifically configured to: interact with the UE by using a CA occupying resource in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the another entity.
- the second determining module is specifically configured to:
- the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
- the entity 800 further includes: a second interaction module, configured to access, by using the secondary carrier, other resources than the CA to occupy resources UE interaction data of the carrier cell.
- the first duplex mode is the FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, because each of the carriers in the TDD mode cannot be used for both the uplink and the downlink.
- the second interaction module 82 sends data to the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier.
- the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
- the second interaction module 82 When the second interaction module 82 receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
- Embodiment 8 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 900 according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the UE 900 includes:
- a determining module 91 configured to determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, the first pair The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
- the interaction module 92 is configured to exchange the first data with the first entity, and interact with the first entity by using the second entity, where the second entity is used to control the primary carrier cell, the second entity Used to control the secondary carrier cell.
- the first duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the second duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the first duplex mode is a TDD mode
- the second duplex mode is an FDD mode
- the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
- the information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is received from the first entity.
- the determining module 91 is specifically configured to: receive an RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information about the frequency point.
- the interaction module 92 includes:
- a first interaction unit configured to exchange the first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode
- a second interaction unit configured to exchange the second data with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode.
- the second data is the second downlink data
- the second interaction unit is configured to: receive, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is the The second entity receives from the first entity.
- the UE 900 further includes:
- a sending module configured to send, to the second entity, an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
- the second data is the second uplink data
- the second interaction unit is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is solved by the second entity After being adjusted, the second entity is sent to the first entity.
- the UE 900 further includes:
- a receiving module configured to receive a downlink HARQ indication that is sent by the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, for the second uplink data, or a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent by the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
- Embodiment 9 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a carrier aggregation system 100 according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the system embodiment includes: an entity 11, another entity 12, and a UE 13.
- the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 400, another entity, and the UE according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
- the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 500, another entity, and the UE according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
- the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the first entity, the second entity, and the UE 600 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
- the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 700, another entity, and the UE according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention.
- the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 800, another entity, and the UE described in Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
- the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the first entity, the second entity, and the UE 900 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
- Embodiment 10 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and
- a person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to program instructions, and the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed.
- the steps of the foregoing method embodiments are included; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Embodiments of the present invention provide a carrier aggregation method, a device and a system. The method comprises: a first entity determining a secondary carrier cell of a CA, wherein the first entity is used for controlling a primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, and the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; and the first entity interacting with a UE for first data and interacting with the UE for second data through a second entity, wherein the second entity is used for controlling the secondary carrier cell of the CA. The embodiments of the present invention provide an inter-mode carrier CA solution, improving a throughput rate and a frequency spectrum resource utilization rate.
Description
载波聚合方法、 设备及系统 Carrier aggregation method, device and system
技术领域 本发明实施例涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种载波聚合方法、 设备及系统。 背景技术 伴随着通信技术的高速发展, 移动终端用户的数量和吞吐量需求日益增 力口, 但是, 由于单个小区的载波资源是有限的, 当小区无空闲载波资源可分 时, 该小区下的用户无法达到用户能力具备的峰值吞吐量。 The present invention relates to communications technologies, and in particular, to a carrier aggregation method, device, and system. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION With the rapid development of communication technologies, the number and throughput requirements of mobile terminal users are increasing. However, since the carrier resources of a single cell are limited, when there is no idle carrier resource available for the cell, the cell is under the cell. Users cannot achieve the peak throughput of user capabilities.
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,简称 3GPP) 在版本 (Release ) 10阶段引入了载波聚合 (Carrier Aggregation, 简称 CA) 技术, 通过将多个连续或非连续的载波聚合成更大的带宽, 以满足提升单用 户设备 (User Equipment, 简称 UE) 峰值吞吐量的要求, 聚合的载波由一个 主载波和一个或多个辅载波组成, 根据 3GPP协议, 主载波需要发送业务数据 和控制消息, 辅载波可以只发送业务数据, 辅载波上的控制消息可以在主载 波上发送。 CA技术包括下行 CA和上行 CA两种, 下行 CA通过聚合多个下行 载波达到提高终端下行速率的目的,上行 CA通过聚合多个上行载波达到提高 终端上行速率的目的。 The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) introduced Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology in the Release 10 phase to aggregate multiple consecutive or non-contiguous carriers into larger ones. The bandwidth is configured to meet the peak throughput requirement of a single user equipment (UE). The aggregated carrier consists of one primary carrier and one or more secondary carriers. According to the 3GPP protocol, the primary carrier needs to send service data and control messages. The secondary carrier may only transmit service data, and the control message on the secondary carrier may be sent on the primary carrier. The CA technology includes the downlink CA and the uplink CA. The downlink CA achieves the purpose of improving the downlink rate of the terminal by aggregating multiple downlink carriers. The uplink CA achieves the purpose of improving the uplink rate of the terminal by aggregating multiple uplink carriers.
但是, 现有技术仅实现了同制式载波的 CA, 即单一双工模式载波的 CA。 发明内容 本发明实施例提供一种载波聚合方法、 设备及系统, 用以提供一种异制 式载波 CA的解决方案。 However, the prior art only implements the CA of the same carrier carrier, that is, the CA of the single duplex mode carrier. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Embodiments of the present invention provide a carrier aggregation method, device, and system for providing a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA.
第一方面, 本发明提供一种载波聚合方法, 包括: In a first aspect, the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, including:
第一实体确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区; 所述第一实体用于控制所述 CA 的主载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 所述第一实体与用户设备 UE 交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据; 所述第二实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。
结合第一方面, 在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一实体 与用户设备 UE交互第一数据之前, 还包括: The first entity determines a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the first entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second The cell in the duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE, and interacts with the UE by the second entity. The second entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA. With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, before the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE, the first entity includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠; Determining, by the first entity, a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点; 将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述第二实体按 照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 Determining a frequency point corresponding to the overlapped frequency range in the first duplex mode; notifying the UE to the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity according to the The first duplex mode interacts with the data.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第二种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: 所述第一实体按照 所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第一下行数 据发送给所述 UE ; With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data; The first entity interacts with the user equipment UE for the first data, the method includes: the first entity modulating the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and modulating the first downlink data Sent to the UE;
所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: The interacting with the UE by the second entity, the second data, includes:
所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调制, 并 将调制后的第二下行数据通过所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 或者, 所述第一 实体将第二下行数据提供给所述第二实体按照所述第一双工模式进行调制, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述第二实体 与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 The first entity modulates the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated second downlink data to the UE by using the second entity; or, the first The entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE; where the second entity The interaction with the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: 所述第一实体从所 述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第一上行数据; 所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: 所述第一实体从所 述第二实体接收由所述 UE 按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第二上行数 据, 所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE发送给所述第二实体的; 其中, 所 述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first data is a first uplink data, and the second data is a second uplink data The first entity exchanges the first data with the user equipment UE, the method includes: the first entity receiving, by the first UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode; And the second entity receives the second data from the UE, where the second entity receives the second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, after the The second uplink data is sent by the UE to the second entity, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
结合第一方面, 在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一实体 与用户设备 UE交互第一数据之前, 还包括: With reference to the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, before the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE, the first entity includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围在所述第 二双工模式下对应的频点;
将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述第二实体按 照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 Determining, by the first entity, a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell in the second duplex mode; And notifying the UE to the UE, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data; The first entity interacts with the user equipment UE for the first data, including:
所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并 将调制后的第一下行数据发送给所述 UE; The first entity modulates the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: The interacting with the UE by the second entity, the second data, includes:
所述第一实体将第二下行数据提供给所述第二实体按照第二双工模式 进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 After the first entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity for modulation according to the second duplex mode, the modulated second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE; The interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first data is a first uplink data, and the second data is a second uplink data The first entity interacts with the user equipment UE for the first data, including:
所述第一实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的 第一上行数据; Receiving, by the first entity, the first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode from the UE;
所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: The interacting with the UE by the second entity, the second data, includes:
所述第一实体从所述第二实体接收第二上行数据,所述第二上行数据是 所述第二实体在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式调制后的 第二上行数据解调后发送的。 The first entity receives second uplink data from the second entity, where the second uplink data is obtained by the second entity after being modulated by the UE according to a second duplex mode. The second uplink data is sent after demodulation.
结合第一方面的第二种或第五种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后, 还包 括: With the second or fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, after the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data, the method further includes:
所述第一实体接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 The first entity receives an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
结合第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第八种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为频 分双工 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述第 二下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a frequency In the duplex FDD mode, the second entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第一方面的第三种或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第九种
可能的实现方式中, 所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后, 还包 括: In combination with the third or sixth possible implementation of the first aspect, the ninth aspect of the first aspect In a possible implementation manner, after the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data, the method further includes:
所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所 述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 The first entity sends a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第十种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述第二上行数据, 所述部 分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, The second entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第一方面的第二种、 第五种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面 的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据 之前, 还包括: With reference to the second, fifth or seventh possible implementation of the first aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data Previously, it also included:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源,所述辅载波中的下 行 CA占用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据,且不用于所述第二实体与接入所 述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Determining, by the first entity, a downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, where the downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the second downlink data, and is not used by the second entity and the accessing UE interaction data of the secondary carrier cell.
结合第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第十二种可能 的实现方式中, 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 包括: 所述第一实体与所述第二实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资 源; 或者, With reference to the eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining, by the first entity, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier, Determining, by the first entity, the downlink entity in the secondary carrier by using the second entity; or
所述第一实体根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 Determining, by the first entity, downlink CA resources in the secondary carrier according to pre-configuration.
结合第一方面的第十一种或第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第 十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模 式为 TDD模式时,所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前,还包括: 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资源用于发送所述第二 下行数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 With reference to the eleventh or the twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second pair Before the working mode is the TDD mode, before the second entity interacts with the UE by the second data, the method further includes: determining, by the first entity, downlink CA resources in the secondary carrier to send the second downlink In the case of data, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
结合第一方面的第三种、 第六种或第九种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面 的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据 之前, 还包括: With reference to the third, sixth or ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data Previously, it also included:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 并调度所述 UE通 过所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源发送所述第二上行数据,所述辅载波中的 上行 CA占用资源不用于所述第二实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。
结合第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第十五种可能 的实现方式中, 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 包括: 所述第一实体与所述第二实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资 源; 或者, Determining, by the first entity, an uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, and scheduling the UE to send the second uplink data by using an uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, where an uplink CA in the secondary carrier is occupied The resource is not used by the second entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the determining, by the first entity, the uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier, The first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier; or
所述第一实体根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 The first entity determines, according to a pre-configuration, an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
结合第一方面的第十四种或第十五种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第 十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模 式为 TDD模式时,所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前,还包括: 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资源用于接收所述第二 上行数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 With reference to the fourteenth or fifteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second pair Before the working mode is the TDD mode, before the second entity interacts with the UE by the second data, the method further includes: determining, by the first entity, an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, for receiving the second uplink In the case of data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
结合第一方面的第一种至第十六种中任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方 面的第十七种可能的实现方式中, 所述将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 包括: 在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 所述第一实体向所述 UE发送无线资 源控制 RRC重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 With reference to any one of the first to the sixteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, The method includes: after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
结合第一方面或第一方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的 第十八种可能的实现方式中,所述第一实体确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区, 包括: With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining, by the first entity, the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA includes:
所述第一实体在运营支撑系统 0SS配置的小区集合中, 选择所述 CA的 辅载波小区, 所述小区集合包括至少一个第二双工模式的小区。 The first entity selects, in a set of cells configured by the operation support system 0SS, a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the set of cells includes at least one cell of a second duplex mode.
第二方面, 本发明提供一种载波聚合方法, 包括: In a second aspect, the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, including:
第二实体确定载波聚合 CA 的主载波小区; 所述第二实体用于控制所述 CA 的辅载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 根据第一实体的指示与用户设备 UE 交互数据; 所述第一实体用于控制 所述 CA的主载波小区。 The second entity determines a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the second entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second a cell in a duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; and interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity; the first entity is configured to control a primary carrier of the CA Community.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据第一 实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据, 包括: With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity includes:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 And the second entity interacts with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第二种可能的实
现方式中, 所述数据为下行数据; In combination with the first possible implementation of the second aspect, the second possible implementation in the second aspect In the current mode, the data is downlink data;
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 The second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the first duplex mode and the
UE交互数据, 包括: UE interaction data, including:
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收由所述第一实体按照第一双工模式调 制后的下行数据,将所述按照第一双工模式调制后的下行数据发送给所述 UE ; 或者, The second entity receives the downlink data modulated by the first entity according to the first duplex mode, and sends the downlink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the UE; Or,
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收所述下行数据, 将所述下行数据按照 第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to a first duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第三种可能的实 现方式中, 所述数据为上行数据; With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the data is uplink data;
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 The second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the first duplex mode and the
UE交互数据, 包括: UE interaction data, including:
所述第二实体从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上 行数据; Receiving, by the second entity, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发送给所述第一实体。 结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二实体 根据第一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据, 包括: And transmitting the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the first entity. With reference to the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the that, by the second entity, the data exchange with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity includes:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 And the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述数据为下行数据; With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the data is downlink data;
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: And the second entity interacting with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity, including:
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收所述下行数据, 将所述下行数据按照 所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to the second duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
结合第二方面的第六五种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第六种可能的 实现方式中, 所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模 式与所述 UE交互数据之后, 还包括: With reference to the sixth and fifth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second entity, according to the indication of the first entity, according to the second duplex mode After interacting with the UE, the data further includes:
所述第二实体接收所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针 对所述下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。
结合第二方面的第二种或第五种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工 模式为频分双工 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发 送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相 同。 The second entity receives an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. With reference to the second or fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second pair When the working mode is the frequency division duplex FDD mode, the second entity sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier. .
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第八种可能的实 现方式中, 所述数据为上行数据; With reference to the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the data is uplink data;
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: And the second entity interacting with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity, including:
所述第二实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调制后上 行数据; Receiving, by the second entity, the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode;
将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调后发送给所述第一实 体。 The uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode is demodulated and sent to the first entity.
结合第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第九种可能的实 现方式中,所述第二实体接收所述 UE发送的按照所述第二双工模式调制后上 行数据之后, 还包括: In conjunction with the eighth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second entity receives the uplink data that is sent by the UE and is modulated according to the second duplex mode. After that, it also includes:
所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE 发送针对所 述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 And transmitting, by the second entity, a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
结合第二方面的第三种或第八种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第十种 可能的实现方式中,所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式,所述第二双工模式为 FDD 模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述上行数据, 所 述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the third or eighth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is In the FDD mode, the second entity receives the uplink data by using a part of uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第二方面或第二方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的 第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述根据第一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数 据之前, 还包括: With reference to the second aspect or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the data is exchanged with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity, Includes:
所述第二实体确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; Determining, by the second entity, a CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier;
所述根据第一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据, 包括: The interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of the first entity includes:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示,通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资 源与所述 UE交互数据。 And the second entity exchanges data with the UE by using the CA in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the first entity.
结合第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第十二种可能
的实现方式中, 所述第二实体确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源, 包括: Combining the eleventh possible implementation of the second aspect, the twelfth possibility in the second aspect In the implementation manner, the determining, by the second entity, the CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier includes:
所述第二实体与所述第一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, 所述第二实体根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The second entity negotiates with the first entity to determine that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies the resource; or the second entity determines, according to the pre-configuration, the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
结合第二方面的第十一种或第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第 十三种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: With reference to the eleventh or the twelfth possible implementation of the second aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中除所述 CA 占用资源之外的其它资源与 接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 And the second entity exchanges data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell by using a resource other than the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
结合第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第十四种可能 的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模 式; With reference to the twelfth possible implementation of the second aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode. ;
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, When the second entity sends data to the UE by using the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the second entity receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
结合第二方面或第二方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的 第十五种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二实体确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区, 包括: With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the determining, by the second entity, the primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA includes:
所述第二实体根据运营支撑系统 0SS的配置,确定载波聚合 CA的主载波 小区。 The second entity determines a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the configuration of the operation support system 0SS.
结合第二方面或第二方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的 第十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工 模式为 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式 为 FDD模式。 With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex The mode is a TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
第三方面, 本发明提供一种载波聚合方法, 包括: In a third aspect, the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, including:
用户设备 UE确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区; 所述主载波 小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所 述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; The user equipment UE determines a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, the first duplex The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
所述 UE与第一实体交互第一数据,并通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互 第二数据;所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第二实体用于控制 所述辅载波小区。
结合第三方面, 在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE与第一 实体交互第一数据, 包括: Transmitting, by the UE, the first data with the first entity, and interacting with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is used to control the primary carrier cell, and the second entity is used to control The secondary carrier cell. With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the UE interacting with the first entity with the first data includes:
所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一数据; 所述通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据, 包括: The UE exchanges the first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode; and the second entity interacts with the first entity by the second entity, including:
按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据。 结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第二种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; According to the second duplex mode, the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity. With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second data is the second downlink data;
所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数 据, 包括: And the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
所述 UE 从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式进 行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第二实体从所述第一实 体接收的。 Receiving, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is that the second entity is from the first Received by the entity.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第三种可能的实 现方式中, 所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互 第二数据之后, 还包括: With the second possible implementation of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity After the second data, it also includes:
所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发送针对所 述第二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 And transmitting, by the UE, an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第四种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second data is second uplink data;
所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数 据, 包括: And the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
所述 UE 将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据发送给所述第 二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解调后, 被所述第二实 体发送给所述第一实体。 Transmitting, by the second entity, the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity, The second entity sends to the first entity.
结合第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互 第二数据之后, 还包括: With the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the performing, by the second entity, interacting with the first entity by using the second entity After the second data, it also includes:
所述 UE接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针 对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, Receiving, by the UE, a downlink HARQ indication that is sent by the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, for the second uplink data; or
所述 UE 接收所述第一实体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送
的、 针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Receiving, by the UE, the feedback timing of the first duplex mode according to the first entity a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data.
结合第三方面或第三方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的 第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述用户设备 UE确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区 和辅载波小区, 包括: With reference to the third aspect or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the user equipment UE determines a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, Includes:
所述 UE在接入所述主载波小区后,从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区 对应的辅载波对应的频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the UE receives information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell from the first entity.
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第七种可能的实 现方式中, 所述从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波对应的频 点的信息, 包括: With the sixth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving, by the first entity, a frequency point corresponding to a secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell Information, including:
所述 UE从所述第一实体接收无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息,所述 RRC重 配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 The UE receives a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
结合第三方面或第三方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的 第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第 二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所 述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, where the The two duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
第四方面, 本发明提供一种实体, 包括: In a fourth aspect, the present invention provides an entity, including:
处理器, 用于确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA 的主载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 发射器和接收器, 用于与用户设备 UE 交互第一数据, 并通过另一实 体与所述 UE交互第二数据;所述另一实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。 a processor, configured to determine a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second a cell in a duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; a transmitter and a receiver, configured to exchange first data with a user equipment UE, and interact with the UE by another entity Second data; the another entity is used to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还 用于: In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
在与用户设备 UE交互第一数据之前,确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载 波的频率范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的 频率范围有重叠; Before the first data is exchanged with the user equipment UE, the frequency range of the secondary carrier wave corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is determined, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点; 所述发射器还用于, 将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 Determining, by the transmitter, a frequency point corresponding to the overlapped frequency range in the first duplex mode; the transmitter is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and The other entity interacts with the data in accordance with the first duplex mode.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第二种可能的实
现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 所述发射器具体用于: In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the second possible implementation in the fourth aspect In the current mode, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data.
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 一下行数据发送给所述 UE; The first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 二下行数据通过所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 或者, 所述第一实体将第二下 行数据提供给所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式进行调制, 调制后的第二 下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之 间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Modulating the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and transmitting the modulated second downlink data to the UE by using another entity; or, the first entity The data is provided to the another entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity and the UE are The interaction between the frequencies is in the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第三种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 所述接收器具体用于: With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first data is a first uplink data, and the second data is a second uplink data The receiver is specifically used to:
从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第一上行 数据; Receiving, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
从所述另一实体接收由所述 UE 按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第 二上行数据, 所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE发送给所述另一实体的; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Receiving, by the another entity, second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the another entity; The interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还 用于: In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
在与用户设备 UE交互第一数据之前,确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载 波的频率范围在所述第二双工模式下对应的频点; Before the first data is exchanged with the user equipment UE, determining a frequency range of the secondary carrier wave corresponding to the secondary carrier cell in the second duplex mode;
所述发射器还用于将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE 与所述另一实体按照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 The transmitter is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
结合第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 所述发射器具体用于: With the fourth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data; The transmitter is specifically used to:
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 一下行数据发送给所述 UE; The first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
将第二下行数据提供给所述另一实体按照第二双工模式进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体
与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 After the second downlink data is provided to the another entity for modulation according to the second duplex mode, the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity The interaction with the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
结合第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第六种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 所述接收器具体用于: With the fourth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first data is a first uplink data, and the second data is a second uplink data The receiver is specifically used to:
从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的第一上行数 据; Receiving, by the UE, first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
从所述另一实体接收第二上行数据,所述第二上行数据是所述另一实体 在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据 解调后发送的。 Receiving second uplink data from the another entity, where the second uplink data is a second uplink data solution that is received by the another entity from the UE and modulated by the UE according to a second duplex mode. Transmitted after sending.
结合第四方面的第二中或第五种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器还用于, 接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模 式的反馈时序发送的、针对所述第二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ 指示。 In conjunction with the second or fifth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiver is further configured to receive the UE according to the first duplex The uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data sent by the feedback timing of the mode.
结合第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第八种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为频 分双工 FDD模式时, 所述另一实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述第 二下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a frequency In the duplex FDD mode, the another entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第四方面的第三中或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第九种 可能的实现方式中,所述发射器还用于,按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序 向所述 UE发送针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 In conjunction with the third or sixth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the transmitter is further configured to perform a feedback timing according to the first duplex mode Sending a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data to the UE.
结合第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第十种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述另一实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述第二上行数据, 所述部 分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, The another entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第四方面、 第四方面的第五种或第七种可能的实现方式, 在第四方 面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于: With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth or the seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
在所述发射器和接收器通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前,确 定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源用于 发送所述第二下行数据, 且不用于所述第二实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE 交互数据。
结合第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第十二种可能 的实现方式中, 所述处理器还具体用于: Determining, by the second entity, the downlink CA occupies resources in the secondary carrier, and the downlink CA occupies the resources in the secondary carrier to send the The second downlink data is not used by the second entity to exchange data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. With reference to the eleventh possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 Determining, by the another entity, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier; or determining, according to the pre-configuration, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier.
结合第四方面的第十一种或第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第 十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模 式为 TDD模式时, 所述处理器还用于: With reference to the eleventh or the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second pair When the mode is TDD mode, the processor is further configured to:
在通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的下 行 CA占用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据时,所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特 殊子帧不可用。 Determining an uplink subframe and a special subframe in the secondary carrier when the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the second downlink data before the second data is exchanged with the UE by another entity unavailable.
结合第四方面的第三种、 第六种或第九种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面 的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于: With reference to the third, sixth or ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
在通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的上 行 CA占用资源,并调度所述 UE通过所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源发送所 述第二上行数据,所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源不用于所述另一实体与接 入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Determining, by the another entity, the uplink data of the uplink CA in the secondary carrier, and scheduling the UE to send the second uplink data by using the uplink CA resource in the secondary carrier. The uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is not used by the another entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
结合第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第十五种可能 的实现方式中, 所述处理器还具体用于: In conjunction with the fourteenth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 Negotiating with the another entity to determine an uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier; or determining, according to a pre-configuration, an uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier.
结合第四方面的第十四种或第十五种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第 十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模 式为 TDD模式时, 所述处理器确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源用于接 收所述第二上行数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 With reference to the fourteenth or fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second When the working mode is the TDD mode, when the processor determines that the uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier is used to receive the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
结合第四方面或第四方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的 第十七种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器具体用于: With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 向所述 UE发送无线资源控制 RRC重 配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 And after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, sending a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
结合第四方面或第四方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的 第十八种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用于:
在运营支撑系统 OSS配置的小区集合中, 选择所述 CA的辅载波小区, 所述小区集合包括至少一个第二双工模式的小区。 With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is specifically used to: In the cell set configured by the OSS, the secondary carrier cell of the CA is selected, and the cell set includes at least one cell of the second duplex mode.
第四方面或第四方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第十 九种可能的实现方式中, 所述实体为基站。 The fourth aspect or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the entity is a base station.
第五方面, 本发明提供一种实体, 包括: In a fifth aspect, the present invention provides an entity, including:
处理器, 用于确定载波聚合 CA 的主载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA 的辅载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 发射器和接收器,用于根据另一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据; 所 述另一实体用于控制所述 CA的主载波小区。 a processor, configured to determine a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second a duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; a transmitter and a receiver, configured to exchange data with the user equipment UE according to an indication of another entity; Controlling the primary carrier cell of the CA.
结合第五方面, 在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器和 接收器, 具体用于: With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the the transmitter and the receiver are specifically configured to:
根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第二种可能的实 现方式中, 所述数据为下行数据; And interacting with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity. With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the data is downlink data;
所述接收器具体用于从所述另一实体接收由所述另一实体按照第一双工 模式调制后的下行数据, 所述发射器具体用于将所述按照第一双工模式调制 后的下行数据发送给所述 UE ; 或者, The receiver is specifically configured to receive, from the another entity, downlink data modulated by the another entity according to a first duplex mode, where the transmitter is specifically configured to: after the modulation according to the first duplex mode The downlink data is sent to the UE; or
所述接收器具体用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据, 所述发射器具 体用于将所述下行数据按照第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The receiver is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitting device is configured to send the downlink data according to a first duplex mode and then send the data to the UE.
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第三种可能的实 现方式中, 所述数据为上行数据; With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the data is uplink data;
所述接收器具体用于从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制 后的上行数据; The receiver is specifically configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
所述发射器具体用于将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发 送给所述另一实体。 The transmitter is specifically configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the another entity.
结合第五方面, 在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器和 接收器, 具体用于: With reference to the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the the transmitter and the receiver are specifically configured to:
根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 结合第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第五种可能的实
现方式中, 所述数据为下行数据; And interacting with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity. In conjunction with the fourth possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the fifth possible implementation in the fifth aspect In the current mode, the data is downlink data;
所述接收器具体用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据, 所述发射器具 体用于将所述下行数据按照所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The receiver is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitting device is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the second duplex mode.
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第六种可能的实 现方式中,所述接收器还用于,接收所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时 序发送的、 针对所述下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiver is further configured to receive a feedback timing of the UE according to the second duplex mode The uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication sent for the downlink data.
结合第五方面的第二种或第五种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工 模式为频分双工 FDD模式时, 所述发射器采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送 所述下行数据,所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the second or fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second pair When the mode is the frequency division duplex FDD mode, the transmitter transmits the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第八种可能的实 现方式中, 所述数据为上行数据; With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the data is uplink data;
所述接收器具体用于从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调 制后上行数据; The receiver is specifically configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode;
所述发射器具体用于将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调 后发送给所述另一实体。 The transmitter is specifically configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send the uplink data to the another entity.
结合第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第九种可能的实 现方式中, 所述发射器还用于, 按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE 发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 In conjunction with the eighth possible implementation of the fifth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transmitter is further configured to: send, according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode, to the UE A downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data is sent.
结合第五方面的第三种或第六种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第十种 可能的实现方式中,所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式,所述第二双工模式为 FDD 模式时, 所述接收器采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述上行数据, 所述 部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 With reference to the third or the sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is In the FDD mode, the receiver receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
结合第五方面或第五方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的 第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于: With reference to the fifth aspect or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further configured to:
在根据另一实体的指示与用户设备 UE 交互数据之前, 确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; Determining a CA occupying resources in the secondary carrier before interacting with the user equipment UE according to the indication of another entity;
所述发射器和处理器具体用于, 根据所述另一实体的指示, 通过所述辅 载波中的 CA占用资源与所述 UE交互数据。 The transmitter and the processor are specifically configured to exchange data with the UE by using a CA in the secondary carrier according to an indication of the another entity.
结合第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第十二种可能
的实现方式中, 所述处理器还具体用于: In conjunction with the eleventh possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the twelfth possible aspect of the fifth aspect In an implementation manner, the processor is further specifically configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, Determining, in cooperation with the another entity, that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources; or
根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
结合第五方面的第十一种或第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第 十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器和接收器还用于, 通过所述辅载波中 除所述 CA占用资源之外的其它资源与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 In conjunction with the eleventh or the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the transmitter and the receiver are further configured to pass the secondary carrier The other resources except the CA occupied resources interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
结合第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第十四种可能 的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模 式; With reference to the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode. ;
所述发射器通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据时, 所 述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, When the transmitter sends data to the UE through the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
所述接收器通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据时, 所 述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the receiver receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
结合第五方面或第五方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的 第十五种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用于: With reference to the fifth aspect or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to:
根据运营支撑系统 0SS的配置, 确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区。 The primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA is determined according to the configuration of the operation support system 0SS.
结合第五方面或第五方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的 第十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述 第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 With reference to the fifth aspect or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, The second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
结合第五方面或第五方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的 第十七种可能的实现方式中, 所述实体为基站。 With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the entity is a base station.
第六方面, 本发明提供一种用户设备, 包括: In a sixth aspect, the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
处理器,用于确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区; 所述主载波 小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所 述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; a processor, configured to determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, where the first The duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
发射器与接收器, 用于与第一实体交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所 述第一实体交互第二数据; 所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第 二实体用于控制所述辅载波小区。 a transmitter and a receiver, configured to exchange first data with the first entity, and to exchange second data with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is configured to control the primary carrier cell, where The second entity is configured to control the secondary carrier cell.
结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器与
接收器具体用于: With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the The receiver is specifically used to:
按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一数据; And interacting with the first entity with the first data according to the first duplex mode;
按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据。 结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第二种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; According to the second duplex mode, the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity. With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second data is the second downlink data;
所述接收器具体用于: 从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照所述第 二双工模式进行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第二实体 从所述第一实体接收的。 The receiver is specifically configured to: receive, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is the second entity Received from the first entity.
结合第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第三种可能的实 现方式中, 所述发射器还用于: In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation of the sixth aspect, the transmitter is further configured to:
按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发送针对所述第二 下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 And transmitting, according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the second entity.
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第四种可能的实 现方式中, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second data is a second uplink data;
所述发射器具体用于: 将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据 发送给所述第二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解调后, 被所述第二实体发送给所述第一实体。 The transmitter is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity And being sent by the second entity to the first entity.
结合第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第五种可能的实 现方式中, 所述接收器还用于: In conjunction with the fourth possible implementation of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiver is further configured to:
接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述 第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, Receiving, by the second entity, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode; or
接收所述第一实体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对 所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Receiving, by the first entity, the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
结合第六方面或第六方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的 第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器还用于: 在所述用户设备接入所述主 载波小区后, 从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波对应的频点 的信息; With the sixth aspect or the foregoing any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiver is further configured to: access the main device in the user equipment After receiving the carrier cell, receiving, by the first entity, information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell;
所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述接收器从所述第一实体接收的所述频点 的信息, 确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区。 The processor is specifically configured to: determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the information about the frequency point received by the receiver from the first entity.
结合第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第七种可能的实
现方式中, 所述接收器还具体用于: 从所述第一实体接收无线资源控制 RRC 重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 In conjunction with the sixth possible implementation of the sixth aspect, the seventh possible implementation in the sixth aspect In the current mode, the receiver is further configured to: receive a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
结合第六方面或第六方面的上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的 第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第 二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所 述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, where the The two duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
第七方面, 本发明提供一种载波聚合系统, 包括: 如第四方面所述的实 体, 所述另一实体和所述用户设备。 According to a seventh aspect, the present invention provides a carrier aggregation system, comprising: the entity according to the fourth aspect, the another entity, and the user equipment.
第八方面, 本发明提供一种载波聚合系统, 包括: 如第五方面所述的实 体, 所述另一实体和所述用户设备。 The eighth aspect of the present invention provides a carrier aggregation system, comprising: the entity according to the fifth aspect, the another entity, and the user equipment.
第九方面, 本发明提供一种载波聚合系统, 包括: 如第六方面所述的用 户设备, 所述第一实体和所述第二实体。 According to a ninth aspect, the present invention provides a carrier aggregation system, comprising: the user equipment according to the sixth aspect, the first entity and the second entity.
本发明实施例提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和频 谱资源利用率。 附图说明 为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对实 施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下 面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在 不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 Embodiments of the present invention provide a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. The drawings are some embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings without any inventive labor.
图 1为本发明实施例一提供的一种载波聚合方法的流程示意图; 图 2为本发明实施例二提供的一种载波聚合方法的流程示意图; 图 3为本发明实施例三提供的一种载波聚合方法的流程示意图; 图 4为本发明实施例四提供的一种实体 400的结构示意图; FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention; FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 400 according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例五提供的一种实体 500的结构示意图; FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 500 according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention; FIG.
图 6为本发明实施例六提供的一种 UE 600的结构示意图; FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 600 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention;
图 7为本发明实施例七提供的一种实体 700的结构示意图; FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 700 according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention;
图 8为本发明实施例八提供的一种实体 800的结构示意图; FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 800 according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention;
图 9为本发明实施例九提供的一种 UE 900的结构示意图; FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 900 according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention;
图 10为本发明实施例十提供的一种载波聚合系统 100的结构示意图。
具体实施方式 为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本发 明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于 本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获 得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a carrier aggregation system 100 according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention. The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. The embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
图 1是本发明实施例一提供的一种载波聚合方法的流程图,如图 1所示, 该方法包括: FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes:
步骤 101、 第一实体确定 CA的辅载波小区; 所述第一实体用于控制所 述 CA的主载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波 小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同。 Step 101: The first entity determines a secondary carrier cell of the CA. The first entity is used to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a In the cell of the two-duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode.
其中,所述第一实体可以为控制所述主载波小区的基站(Evolved Node B, 简称 eNB ) , 或是, eNB中用于控制所述主载波小区的单板。 可选地, 所述第一双工模式可以为频分双工 (Frequency Divi sion Duplex, 简称 FDD)模式, 则所述第二双工模式可以为时分双工(Time Division Duplex, 简称 TDD) 模式; 可选地, 所述第一双工模式可以为 TDD模式, 则所述第 二双工模式可以为 FDD模式。 The first entity may be an Evolved Node B (eNB) for controlling the primary carrier cell, or a board for controlling the primary carrier cell in the eNB. Optionally, the first duplex mode may be a Frequency Dividing Duplex (FDD) mode, and the second duplex mode may be a Time Division Duplex (TDD) mode. Optionally, the first duplex mode may be a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode may be an FDD mode.
可选地, 所述第一实体确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区, 包括: 所述第一实体在运营支撑系统 OSS (Operation Support System, 简称 Optionally, the first entity determines a secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, and the method includes: the first entity is in an operation support system (OSS) (Operation Support System, referred to as
0SS) )配置的小区集合中, 选择所述 CA的辅载波小区, 所述小区集合包括至 少一个第二双工模式的小区。 可选地, 所述小区集合还包括至少一个第一双 工模式的小区。 例如, 小区集合中可以包括各小区的小区标识。 0SS)) In the configured cell set, the secondary carrier cell of the CA is selected, and the cell set includes at least one cell of the second duplex mode. Optionally, the set of cells further includes at least one cell of the first duplex mode. For example, the cell identifier of each cell may be included in the cell set.
在一次 CA过程中, 所述 CA的辅载波小区可以有一个或多个。 可选地, 0SS还可以配置 CA门限等参数, 所述 CA门限用于所述第一实体确定何时启 动 CA。 In a CA process, the CA may have one or more secondary carrier cells. Optionally, the 0SS may further configure a parameter such as a CA threshold, where the CA threshold is used by the first entity to determine when to start the CA.
步骤 102、 所述第一实体与 UE交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据; 所述第二实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。 Step 102: The first entity exchanges first data with the UE, and interacts with the UE by using the second data by the second entity. The second entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA.
其中, 所述第二实体可以是控制所述辅载波小区的 eNB, 或是, eNB 中用于控制所述辅载波小区的单板。当有多个辅载波小区时,所述多个辅载
波小区可以对应同一第二实体, 也可以对应不同的第二实体; 第一实体分别 通过每个辅载波小区对应的第二实体与所述 UE交互数据。 The second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the secondary carrier cell. When there are multiple secondary carrier cells, the multiple auxiliary carriers The wave cells may correspond to the same second entity, or may correspond to different second entities. The first entity exchanges data with the UE by using a second entity corresponding to each secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 所述 CA可以是上行 CA或下行 CA。 当进行下行 CA时, 所述 第一实体将待发送给所述 UE 的下行数据分为第一数据和第二数据, 所述第 一实体将所述第二数据发送给所述第二实体, 并由所述第二实体发送给所 述 UE。 当进行上行 CA时, 所述 UE将上行数据分为第一数据和第二数据, 将所述第一数据直接发给所述第一实体, 将所述第二数据发送给所述第二 实体, 并由所述第二实体将所述第二数据发送给所述第一实体, 再由第一 实体将第一数据和第二数据汇聚后向上层发送。 Optionally, the CA may be an uplink CA or a downlink CA. When the downlink CA is performed, the first entity divides the downlink data to be sent to the UE into the first data and the second data, and the first entity sends the second data to the second entity. And being sent by the second entity to the UE. When the uplink CA is performed, the UE divides the uplink data into the first data and the second data, and sends the first data directly to the first entity, and sends the second data to the second entity. And sending, by the second entity, the second data to the first entity, and then the first entity aggregates the first data and the second data and sends the first data to the upper layer.
需要说明的是, 若一次下行 CA中, 有 N个辅载波小区, N为大于 1的正 整数, 则所述第一实体将待发送给所述 UE的下行数据分为 (N+1 ) 份, 即第 一数据和 N份第二数据; 每份第二数据均对应一个辅载波小区, 通过所述辅 载波小区对应的辅载波发送给所述 UE。 若一次上行 CA中, 有 N个辅载波小 区, N为大于 1的正整数, 则所述 UE将上行数据分为 (N+1 ) 份, 即第一数 据和 N份第二数据; 每份第二数据均对应一个辅载波小区, 通过所述辅载波 小区对应的辅载波发送给对应的第二实体。 It should be noted that, if there are N secondary carrier cells in a downlink CA, and N is a positive integer greater than 1, the first entity divides the downlink data to be sent to the UE into (N+1) copies. That is, the first data and the N second data; each of the second data corresponds to one secondary carrier cell, and is sent to the UE by using the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell. If there are N secondary carrier cells in an uplink CA, and N is a positive integer greater than 1, the UE divides the uplink data into (N+1) shares, that is, the first data and the N copies of the second data; The second data is corresponding to one secondary carrier cell, and is sent to the corresponding second entity by using the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 当所述第一实体与第二实体为不同的 eNB时, 所述第一实体 与第二实体可以通过 X2 接口进行交互。 可选地, 所述第一实体与第二实 体可以是同一个 eNB中的不同单板, 相应地, 所述第一实体与第二实体之 间的交互可以通过 eNB的内部接口实现。 Optionally, when the first entity and the second entity are different eNBs, the first entity and the second entity may interact through the X2 interface. Optionally, the first entity and the second entity may be different boards in the same eNB, and correspondingly, the interaction between the first entity and the second entity may be implemented by using an internal interface of the eNB.
在本发明的一个可选的实施例中, 无需改动空口协议。 相应地, 步骤 102之前还可以包括: In an alternative embodiment of the invention, there is no need to modify the air interface protocol. Correspondingly, before step 102, the method may further include:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠; Determining, by the first entity, a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点; 将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述第二实体按 照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 Determining a frequency point corresponding to the overlapped frequency range in the first duplex mode; notifying the UE to the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity according to the The first duplex mode interacts with the data.
例如, 第一实体可以根据从小区集合中获得的辅载波小区的小区标 识, 查找预先配置的小区信息表, 确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频 率范围。 可选地, 第一实体也可以查找预先配置的小区信息表, 确定所述
重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点。 For example, the first entity may search for a pre-configured cell information table according to the cell identifier of the secondary carrier cell obtained from the set of cells, and determine a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the first entity may also search a pre-configured cell information table, and determine the The overlapping frequency ranges are corresponding to the frequency points in the first duplex mode.
举例来说,当第一双工模式为 FDD模式,第二双工模式为 TDD模式时, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠是指, TDD模式的辅载波对应的频率范围与 FDD模式的频率范围有重叠。 例如, 所述重叠的频率范围在第一双工模式和第二双工模式重叠的频率范围内。 For example, when the first duplex mode is the FDD mode and the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, that is, the TDD mode. The frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the FDD mode. For example, the overlapping frequency ranges are within a frequency range in which the first duplex mode and the second duplex mode overlap.
表 1 为 3GPP协议定义的演进的通用移动通信系统 (Universal Mobi le Telecommunications System , 简称 UMTS ) 陆地无线接入(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access , 简称 E-UTRA)的工作频带中 FDD模式和 TDD模 式下有重叠频率范围的频带表。 Table 1 shows the evolution of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) defined by the 3GPP protocol. The operating frequency bands of the Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) are in the FDD mode and the TDD mode. Band table of overlapping frequency ranges.
表 1 Table 1
如表 1所示, FDD模式的工作频带(Band) 2具有 1850MHz_1910MHz的上 行工作频带和 1930-1990MHz的下行工作频带, 与 TDD模式的 Band36具有重 叠的下行频率范围, 相应的, FDD模式的 Band2 的小区可以选作不改动空口 协议方式的下行 CA的辅载波小区; FDD模式的 Band2与 TDD模式的 Band35 具有重叠的上行频率范围, 所以 FDD模式的 Band2 的小区也可以选作不改动 空口协议方式的上行 CA 的辅载波小区。 类似地, TDD模式的 Band41 具有 2496MHz-2690MHz的上行频率范围和下行频率范围, 其中, 2500MHz_2570MHz 与 FDD模式的 Band7的上行频率范围重叠,因而 TDD模式的 2500MHz_2570MHz 频段的小区可以选作本发明实施例中上行 CA的辅载波小区, 同理, TDD模式 的 2620MHz-2690MHz与 FDD模式的 Band7的下行频率范围重叠, 所以 TDD模
式 2620MHz-2690MHz频段的小区可以选作本发明实施例中下行 CA的辅载波小 区。 As shown in Table 1, the FDD mode operating band (Band) 2 has an uplink operating band of 1850 MHz_1910 MHz and a downlink operating band of 1930-1990 MHz, and has a overlapping downlink frequency range with the Band 36 of the TDD mode, and correspondingly, the FDD mode of Band2 The cell can be selected as the secondary carrier cell of the downlink CA that does not change the air interface protocol mode; the Band2 in the FDD mode and the Band35 in the TDD mode have overlapping uplink frequency ranges, so the cell of the Band2 in the FDD mode can also be selected as the air interface protocol. The secondary carrier cell of the uplink CA. Similarly, the Band41 of the TDD mode has an uplink frequency range and a downlink frequency range of 2496 MHz to 2690 MHz, wherein the 2500 MHz_2570 MHz overlaps with the uplink frequency range of the Band 7 of the FDD mode, and thus the cell of the 2500 MHz_2570 MHz band of the TDD mode can be selected as the embodiment of the present invention. The secondary carrier cell of the uplink CA, in the same way, the 2620MHz-2690MHz in the TDD mode overlaps with the downlink frequency range of the Band7 in the FDD mode, so the TDD mode The cell of the band 2620 MHz-2690 MHz may be selected as the secondary carrier cell of the downlink CA in the embodiment of the present invention.
由上面分析可知,所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频 率范围可以在表 1中不同双工模式的下行工作频带中重叠的频率范围内, 或 是与表 1 中不同双工模式的下行工作频带中重叠的频率范围有重叠。 举例来 说, 第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 第二双工模式为 TDD模式, 辅载波的频率范 围为 2620MHz-2630MHz, 该频率范围在 FDD模式的 Band7的下行工作频率范 围内, 即与第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 重叠的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz o 又举例来说, 第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 第二双工模式为 TDD模式, 辅载波的频率范围为 2610MHz-2630MHz, 该频率范围与 FDD模式的 Band7 的下行工作频率范围有重叠, 即与第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 重叠的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz。 According to the above analysis, the first entity determines that the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell may be within a frequency range overlapping in the downlink working frequency band of different duplex modes in Table 1, or is different from that in Table 1. The overlapping frequency ranges in the downlink operating band of the duplex mode overlap. For example, the first duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2620 MHz-2630 MHz, and the frequency range is in the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the first The frequency range of a duplex mode overlaps, and the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz. o For example, the first duplex mode is FDD mode, the second duplex mode is TDD mode, and the secondary carrier frequency range is 2610MHz- 2630MHz, the frequency range overlaps with the downlink operating frequency range of Band7 in FDD mode, that is, overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz.
由于辅载波小区的双工模式与主载波小区的双工模式不同, 即所述第一 双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同, 因此, 所述重叠的频率范围在所述第二 双工模式下对应的频点, 与所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式对应的 频点不同。举例来说, 第二双工模式为 TDD模式, 辅载波的频点为 36950, 辅 载波的频带为 Band36,而辅载波的频率范围在 FDD模式下对应的频点为 600, 对应 FDD模式下的频带为 Band2。 The duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell is different from the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell, that is, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode, and therefore, the overlapping frequency range is in the second pair. The corresponding frequency point in the working mode is different from the frequency point corresponding to the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode. For example, the second duplex mode is TDD mode, the frequency of the secondary carrier is 36950, the frequency band of the secondary carrier is Band36, and the frequency range of the secondary carrier is 600 in the FDD mode, corresponding to the FDD mode. The band is Band2.
通常, 第一实体在 UE接入主载波小区后, 将所述对应的频点发送给所述 UEo 例如, 所述将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 包括: Generally, after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends the corresponding frequency to the UE. For example, the notifying the frequency to the UE includes:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 所述第一实体向所述 UE发送无线资 源控制 (Radio Resource Control , 简称 RRC ) 重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配 置消息携带所述频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends a Radio Resource Control (RRC) reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the frequency point. information.
通常, 所述第一实体在将所述频点的信息通知给所述 UE的同时, 还可以 将所述重叠的频率范围对应的带宽通知给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述频 点的信息和对应的带宽确定所述重叠的频率范围。 Generally, the first entity may notify the UE of the bandwidth corresponding to the overlapping frequency range, and notify the UE according to the frequency, while notifying the information of the frequency point to the UE. The information of the points and the corresponding bandwidth determine the overlapping frequency ranges.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二下行数据; 相应地, 所述步骤 102中所述第一实体与用户设备 UE 交互第一数据, 包括: 所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一 下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第一下行数据发送给所述 UE。
所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: 所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第二下行数据通过所述第二实体发送给所述 UE ; 或者, 所述 第一实体将第二下行数据提供给所述第二实体按照所述第一双工模式进 行调制, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所 述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data. Correspondingly, the first entity and the user equipment in the step 102 are The UE interacts with the first data, and the first entity performs modulation on the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated first downlink data to the UE. The second entity interacts with the UE by the second data in the step 102, the method includes: the first entity modulating the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and modulating the second data The downlink data is sent to the UE by the second entity; or the first entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity to perform modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink The data is sent by the second entity to the UE, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
可选地, 所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后, 还包括: Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data in the step 102, the method further includes:
所述第一实体接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request , 简称 HARQ ) 指示。 The first entity receives an Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HQQ) indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
在不改动空口协议的场景中, UE把此次下行 CA视为第一双工模式下的 同制式下行 CA, 因此, 针对第一下行数据和第二下行数据, UE可以均按照所 述主载波小区的双工模式, 即第一双工模式的反馈时序向第一实体发送对应 的上行 HARQ指示。可选地, 所述第一实体根据针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示, 确定需要重新发送的第二下行数据, 并指示所述第二实体将按照 所述第一双工模式调制后的所述重新发送的第二下行数据通过辅载波发送给 UE o 举例来说, 所述主载波小区为 TDD模式, 所述辅载波小区为 FDD模式, 所述第一实体将所述 UE的下行数据分为第一下行数据和第二下行数据,所述 第一实体将第二下行数据按照 TDD模式调制后发送给第二实体, 第二实体将 调制后的第二下行数据通过辅载波发送给 UE; 所述主载波小区接收所述 UE 按照 TDD模式的反馈时序发送的针对第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示,所述第 一实体根据所述上行 HARQ指示确定需要重传的第二下行数据,将需要重传的 第二下行数据按照 TDD模式调制后发送给辅载波小区的 eNB, 所述第二实体 将调制后的需要重传的第二下行数据通过辅载波发送给 UE。 In the scenario where the air interface protocol is not changed, the UE considers the downlink CA as the same-mode downlink CA in the first duplex mode. Therefore, for the first downlink data and the second downlink data, the UE may follow the primary The duplex mode of the carrier cell, that is, the feedback timing of the first duplex mode, sends a corresponding uplink HARQ indication to the first entity. Optionally, the first entity determines, according to an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data, second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted, and indicates that the second entity is to be modulated according to the first duplex mode. The retransmitted second downlink data is sent to the UE by using the secondary carrier. For example, the primary carrier cell is in a TDD mode, the secondary carrier cell is in an FDD mode, and the first entity downlinks the UE. The data is divided into a first downlink data and a second downlink data, where the first entity modulates the second downlink data according to the TDD mode and sends the second downlink data to the second entity, where the second entity sends the modulated second downlink data through the secondary carrier. Sending to the UE; the primary carrier cell receives an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the TDD mode, and the first entity determines, according to the uplink HARQ indication, the second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted. Transmitting the second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted to the eNB of the secondary carrier cell according to the TDD mode, and the second entity will modulate the second required to be retransmitted. Line data to the UE through the secondary carrier.
上述下行 CA场景中,通过将异制式的辅载波与主载波对应的第一双工模 式重叠的频率范围在第一双工模式下对应的频点发送给 UE, 并且通过辅载波 发送给 UE的第二下行数据也是按照第一双工模式调制好的, 使得 UE可以按 照同制式的下行 CA的方式来接收下行数据和发送上行 HARQ指示, 提供了一 种不改动现有空口协议的异制式载波下行 CA的解决方案,提高了下行吞吐率
和频谱资源利用率。 In the downlink CA scenario, the frequency range in which the first duplex mode corresponding to the secondary carrier and the primary carrier overlap is transmitted to the UE in the first duplex mode, and is sent to the UE through the secondary carrier. The second downlink data is also modulated according to the first duplex mode, so that the UE can receive the downlink data and send the uplink HARQ indication according to the downlink CA of the same standard, and provide a heterogeneous carrier that does not change the existing air interface protocol. Downstream CA solution improves downstream throughput And spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二上行数据; 相应地, 所述步骤 102中所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: 所述第一实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述 第一双工模式进行调制后的第一上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the first data is the first uplink data, and the second data is the second uplink data. Correspondingly, the first entity and the user equipment UE in the step 102 are The first data is exchanged by the first entity, and the first entity receives, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: 所述第 一实体从所述第二实体接收由所述 UE 按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的 第二上行数据, 所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE 发送给所述第二实体 的; 其中, 所述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围 内。 The second entity interacting with the UE by the second data in the step 102, the method includes: the first entity receiving, by the second entity, a second modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode The uplink data, the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the second entity, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point .
可选地, 所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后还 包括: 所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对 所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the UE by the second data, the method further includes: sending, by the first entity, the UE to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. The downlink HARQ indication of the two uplink data.
上述上行 CA场景中,通过将异制式的辅载波与主载波对应的第一双工模 式重叠的频率范围在第一双工模式下对应的频点发送给 UE, 使得 UE可以按 照同制式的上行 CA的方式来发送数据,提供了一种不改动现有空口协议的异 制式载波上行 CA的解决方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the foregoing uplink CA scenario, the frequency range in which the first duplex mode corresponding to the primary carrier and the primary carrier are overlapped is sent to the UE in the first duplex mode, so that the UE can follow the uplink of the same standard. The CA method sends data, providing a solution for the heterogeneous carrier uplink CA without changing the existing air interface protocol, improving the uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
在本发明的又一可选的实施例中, 改动空口协议。 相应地, 步骤 102 之前还可以包括: In yet another alternative embodiment of the invention, the air interface protocol is modified. Correspondingly, before step 102, the method may further include:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围在所述第 二双工模式下对应的频点; Determining, by the first entity, a frequency range of a secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell in a frequency corresponding to the second duplex mode;
将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述第二实体按 照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 Notifying the frequency to the UE, the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
相比无需改动空口协议的实施例中, 辅载波的频率范围与所述第一双 工模式的频率范围有重叠, 本实施例中, 辅载波的频率范围可以与所述第 一双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 也可以与所述第一双工模式的频率范围无 重叠。 The frequency range of the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode in the embodiment that does not need to modify the air interface protocol. In this embodiment, the frequency range of the secondary carrier may be the same as the frequency of the first duplex mode. The frequency ranges overlap, and may also have no overlap with the frequency range of the first duplex mode.
通常, 第一实体在 UE接入主载波小区后, 将所述对应的频点发送给所述 UEo 例如, 所述将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 包括: Generally, after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends the corresponding frequency to the UE. For example, the notifying the frequency to the UE includes:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 所述第一实体向所述 UE发送 RRC重
配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends an RRC weight to the UE. And configuring a message, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
通常, 所述第一实体在将所述频点的信息通知给所述 UE的同时, 还可以 将所述辅载波的带宽通知给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述频点的信息和带 宽确定所述辅载波的频率范围。 Generally, the first entity may notify the UE of the bandwidth of the secondary carrier while the information of the frequency point is notified to the UE, so that the UE is configured according to the information of the frequency point. And bandwidth determine a frequency range of the secondary carrier.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data.
相应地,步骤 102中所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据,包括: 所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调 制后的第一下行数据发送给所述 UE; Correspondingly, the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE in the first data in step 102, including: the first entity modulates the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and modulates The first downlink data is sent to the UE;
步骤 102中所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: 所述第一实体将第二下行数据提供给所述第二实体按照第二双工模式 进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 The step of the second entity interacting with the UE by the second entity in the step 102 includes: the first entity providing the second downlink data to the second entity to perform modulation according to the second duplex mode, and then modulating The second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE, where the interaction between the second entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
可选地, 本实施例中 UE针对第二下行数据反馈上行 HARQ指示的方式 可以有多种。 可选地, 步骤 102中所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数 据之后, 还包括: Optionally, in this embodiment, the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data may be multiple. Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data, the method further includes:
所述第一实体接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 The first entity receives an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
可选地, 步骤 102中所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后, 所述 UE也可以按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述第二实体发送针对 所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示, 所述第二实体可以根据所述上行 HARQ 指示确定需要重新发送的第二下行数据, 或是, 将所述上行 HARQ指示发送给 所述第一实体, 由第一实体根据所述上行 HARQ指示确定需要重新发送的第二 下行数据。 Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data, the UE may also send the second entity to the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. An uplink HARQ indication of the second downlink data, where the second entity may determine, according to the uplink HARQ indication, second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted, or send the uplink HARQ indication to the first entity, by using the first The entity determines, according to the uplink HARQ indication, second downlink data that needs to be retransmitted.
通常, 第一双工模式的反馈时序和第二双工模式的反馈时序不同。 若 UE 按照第一双工模式的反馈时序发送针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示, 则所述 UE 具体可以将原先存储的第二双工模式的反馈时序修改为第一双工 模式的反馈时序。 Generally, the feedback timing of the first duplex mode is different from the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. If the UE sends the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode, the UE may specifically modify the feedback timing of the previously stored second duplex mode to the first duplex mode. Feedback timing.
上述下行 CA的场景中,控制主载波小区的实体将异制式的辅载波的频点 发送给 UE, 通过主载波向 UE发送第一双工模式的下行数据, 并且通过辅载
波向 UE发送第二双工模式的下行数据, 提供了一种异制式载波下行 CA的解 决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, and sends the downlink data of the first duplex mode to the UE through the primary carrier, and the secondary carrier The wave transmits the downlink data of the second duplex mode to the UE, and provides a solution of the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA, which improves the downlink throughput rate and the spectrum resource utilization rate.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the first data is the first uplink data, and the second data is the second uplink data.
相应地,步骤 102中所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据,包括: 所述第一实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的 第一上行数据; Correspondingly, the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE in the first data in step 102, including: the first entity receiving, by the first entity, the first uplink modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode Data
步骤 102中所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: 所述第一实体从所述第二实体接收第二上行数据,所述第二上行数据是 所述第二实体在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式调制后的 第二上行数据解调后发送的。 The second entity interacting with the UE by the second entity in the step 102, the method includes: the first entity receiving second uplink data from the second entity, where the second uplink data is that the second entity is Transmitting, by the UE, the second uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode.
可选地, 所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后还 包括: 所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对 所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the UE by the second data, the method further includes: sending, by the first entity, the UE to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. The downlink HARQ indication of the two uplink data.
上述上行 CA的场景中,控制主载波小区的实体将异制式的辅载波的频点 发送给 UE, 使得 UE分别按照不同双工模式向控制主载波小区的实体和控制 辅载波小区的实体发送分别上行数据,提供了一种异制式载波上行 CA的解决 方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, so that the UE sends the entity that controls the primary carrier cell and the entity that controls the secondary carrier cell according to different duplex modes. Uplink data provides a solution for heterogeneous carrier uplink CA, which improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
在上述各实施例的下行 CA的场景中, 若下行 CA无需占用辅载波的全部 资源,辅载波上的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。可选地, 所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 还包括: In the scenario of the downlink CA in the foregoing embodiments, if the downlink CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, before the second entity interacts with the UE by the second entity in the step 102, the method further includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源,所述辅载波中的下 行 CA占用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据,且不用于所述第二实体与接入所 述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Determining, by the first entity, a downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, where the downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the second downlink data, and is not used by the second entity and the accessing UE interaction data of the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 包括: 所述第一实体与所述第二实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资 源; 或者, Optionally, the determining, by the first entity, the downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, the method includes: the first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine a downlink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier; or
所述第一实体根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 Determining, by the first entity, downlink CA resources in the secondary carrier according to pre-configuration.
其中, 当第一实体与第二实体为不同的 eNB时, 上述协商的方式可以是 第一实体通过 X2接口上的消息, 如 X2接口建立请求 (X2 Setup Request )
消息和 X2接口建立响应 (X2 Setup Response ) 消息, 通知第二实体发送第 二下行数据所需带宽,所述第二实体根据所需带宽确定辅载波上的下行 CA占 用资源。 可选地, X2接口建立请求消息和 X2接口建立响应消息中通过扩展 字段标识所需带宽和所确定的辅载波上的下行 CA占用资源。 When the first entity and the second entity are different eNBs, the foregoing negotiation manner may be that the first entity passes the message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 interface request (X2 Setup Request). The message and the X2 interface response (X2 Setup Response) message inform the second entity of the bandwidth required for the second downlink data, and the second entity determines the downlink CA occupation resource on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth. Optionally, the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using an extension field and the downlink CA occupation resource on the determined secondary carrier.
其中, 预先配置的方式可以是在 0SS的配置中指定所述辅载波中可用于 下行 CA的资源, 即所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 The pre-configured mode may be that the resources of the secondary carrier that are available for the downlink CA are specified in the configuration of the 0SS, that is, the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
可选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模 式时,所述步骤 102中通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前,还包括: 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资源用于发送所述第二 下行数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 Optionally, when the first duplex mode is the FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, before the second entity interacts with the UE by the second entity in the step 102, the method further includes: When the first entity determines that the downlink CA resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the second downlink data, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
由于 TDD模式的反馈时序与 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载 波中不是所有的子帧都能用于下行。 可选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模 式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分下 行子帧发送所述第二下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行 子帧的位置相同。 Since the feedback timing of the TDD mode is different from the feedback timing of the FDD mode, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink. Optionally, when the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the second entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, The location of the partial downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
其 中 , 位置相 同 的 子帧是指在 同一个传输 时 间 周 期 (Transmi ssionTimelnterval , 简称 TTI ) 中子帧号相同的子帧。 The subframes with the same location refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same transmission time period (Transmi ssionTimelnterval, TTI for short).
在上述各实施例的上行 CA的场景中, 若上行 CA无需占用辅载波的全部 资源,辅载波上的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。可选地, 步骤 102中所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 还包括: In the scenario of the uplink CA in the foregoing embodiments, if the uplink CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, before the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second data, the method further includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 并调度所述 UE通 过所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源发送所述第二上行数据,所述辅载波中的 上行 CA占用资源不用于所述第二实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Determining, by the first entity, an uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, and scheduling the UE to send the second uplink data by using an uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier, where an uplink CA in the secondary carrier is occupied The resource is not used by the second entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
例如, 第一实体可以在 UE发起上行发送请求时, 将确定的所述辅载波中 的上行 CA占用资源通知给所述 UE。 For example, when the UE initiates an uplink sending request, the first entity may notify the UE of the determined uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier.
可选地, 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 包括: 所述第一实体与所述第二实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资 源; 或者, Optionally, the determining, by the first entity, the uplink CA occupant resources in the secondary carrier, the method includes: the first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine an uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier; or
所述第一实体根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 The first entity determines, according to a pre-configuration, an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
其中, 当第一实体与第二实体为不同的 eNB时, 上述协商的方式可以是
第一实体通过 X2接口上的消息, 如 X2接口建立请求 (X2 Setup Request ) 消息和 X2接口建立响应 (X2 Setup Response ) 消息, 通知第二实体接收第 二上行数据所需带宽,所述第二实体根据所需带宽确定辅载波上的上行 CA占 用资源。 可选地, X2接口建立请求消息和 X2接口建立响应消息中通过扩展 字段标识所需带宽和所确定的辅载波上的上行 CA占用资源。 Wherein, when the first entity and the second entity are different eNBs, the manner of the foregoing negotiation may be The first entity sends a message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 Setup Request message and an X2 Setup Response message, to notify the second entity of the bandwidth required for receiving the second uplink data, the second The entity determines the uplink CA occupied resources on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth. Optionally, the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using an extension field and the determined uplink CA occupation resource on the secondary carrier.
其中, 预先配置的方式可以是在 0SS的配置中指定所述辅载波中可用于 CA的资源, 即所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The pre-configured manner may be that the resources available for the CA in the secondary carrier are specified in the configuration of the 0SS, that is, the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
可选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模 式时,步骤 102中所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前,还包括: 所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资源用于接收所述第二 上行数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 Optionally, when the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode, before the second entity interacts with the UE by using the second entity, the method further includes: When the first entity determines that the uplink CA resource in the secondary carrier is used to receive the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
由于 TDD模式的载波中每个子帧无法既用于上行,又用于下行,可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二 实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的 位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 The first duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, where the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the uplink mode. The second entity receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
本发明实施例一提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 1 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 2为本发明实施例二提供的一种载波聚合方法的流程示意图, 如图 2 所示, 该方法包括: 2 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the method includes:
步骤 201、 第二实体确定 CA的主载波小区; 所述第二实体用于控制所述 Step 201: The second entity determines a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the second entity is configured to control the
CA 的辅载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同。 a secondary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, and the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode .
其中, 所述第二实体可以为控制所述辅载波小区的 eNB, 或是, eNB中用 于控制所述辅载波小区的单板。 可选地, 所述第一双工模式可以为 FDD模 式, 则所述第二双工模式可以为 TDD模式; 可选地, 所述第一双工模式可 以为 TDD模式, 则所述第二双工模式可以为 FDD模式。 The second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the first duplex mode may be an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode may be a TDD mode. Optionally, the first duplex mode may be a TDD mode, and the second The duplex mode can be the FDD mode.
在一次 CA过程中, 所述 CA的辅载波小区可以有一个或多个, 每个辅载 波小区对应的第二实体均可以独立地执行本实施例二的方法, 无需知道其它 辅载波小区是哪个小区。 In a CA process, the secondary carrier cell of the CA may have one or more, and the second entity corresponding to each secondary carrier cell may independently perform the method in the second embodiment, without knowing which other secondary carrier cells are. Community.
可选地, 所述第二实体确定 CA 的主载波小区, 包括: 所述第二实体根
据 OSS的配置, 确定 CA的主载波小区。 Optionally, the determining, by the second entity, a primary carrier cell of the CA, including: the second entity root According to the configuration of the OSS, the primary carrier cell of the CA is determined.
步骤 202、根据第一实体的指示与 UE交互数据; 所述第一实体用于控制 所述 CA的主载波小区。 Step 202: Interact data with the UE according to the indication of the first entity, where the first entity is used to control a primary carrier cell of the CA.
其中, 所述第一实体可以为控制所述主载波小区的 eNB, 或是, eNB 中用于控制所述主载波小区的单板。 可选地, 当所述第一实体与第二实体 为不同的 eNB时, 所述第一实体与第二实体可以通过 X2接口进行交互。 可选地, 所述第一实体与第二实体可以是同一个 eNB中的不同单板, 相应 地, 所述第一实体与第二实体之间的交互可以通过 eNB的内部接口实现。 The first entity may be an eNB that controls the primary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the primary carrier cell. Optionally, when the first entity and the second entity are different eNBs, the first entity and the second entity may interact through the X2 interface. Optionally, the first entity and the second entity may be different boards in the same eNB, and correspondingly, the interaction between the first entity and the second entity may be implemented by using an internal interface of the eNB.
可选地, 所述 CA可以是上行 CA或下行 CA。 当进行下行 CA时, 所述 第一实体将待发送给所述 UE 的下行数据分为第一数据和第二数据, 所述第 一实体将所述第二数据发送给所述第二实体, 并由所述第二实体发送给所 述 UE。 当进行上行 CA时, 所述 UE将上行数据分为第一数据和第二数据, 将所述第一数据直接发给所述第一实体, 将所述第二数据发送给所述第二 实体, 并由所述第二实体将所述第二数据发送给所述第一实体, 再由第一 实体将第一数据和第二数据汇聚后向上层发送。 Optionally, the CA may be an uplink CA or a downlink CA. When the downlink CA is performed, the first entity divides the downlink data to be sent to the UE into the first data and the second data, and the first entity sends the second data to the second entity. And being sent by the second entity to the UE. When the uplink CA is performed, the UE divides the uplink data into the first data and the second data, and sends the first data directly to the first entity, and sends the second data to the second entity. And sending, by the second entity, the second data to the first entity, and then the first entity aggregates the first data and the second data and sends the first data to the upper layer.
在本发明的一个可选的实施例中, 辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一 双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 相应地无需改动空口协议。 本实施例中, 步 骤 202具体可以包括: In an optional embodiment of the present invention, the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and accordingly, the air interface protocol does not need to be modified. In this embodiment, the step 202 may specifically include:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 And the second entity interacts with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
通常,所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围可以在表 1中不同双工 模式的下行工作频带中重叠的频率范围内, 或是与表 1 中不同双工模式的下 行工作频带中重叠的频率范围有重叠。举例来说, 第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 第二双工模式为 TDD模式, 辅载波的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz, 该频率 范围在 FDD模式的 Band7的下行工作频率范围内, 即与第一双工模式的频率 范围有重叠, 重叠的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz。 又举例来说, 第一双工 模式为 FDD 模式, 第二双工模式为 TDD 模式, 辅载波的频率范围为 2610MHz-2630MHz ,该频率范围与 FDD模式的 Band7的下行工作频率范围有重 叠, 即与第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 重叠的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz o
可选地, 第一实体还可以指示所述第二实体所述重叠的频率范围, 以使 所述第二实体与所述 UE交互在所述重叠的频率范围内。 Generally, the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell may be in a frequency range overlapping in a downlink working band of different duplex modes in Table 1, or overlap with a downlink working band in a different duplex mode in Table 1. The frequency ranges overlap. For example, the first duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2620 MHz-2630 MHz, and the frequency range is in the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the first The frequency range of a duplex mode overlaps, and the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz. For another example, the first duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2610 MHz-2630 MHz, and the frequency range overlaps with the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, It overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz o Optionally, the first entity may further indicate the overlapping frequency range of the second entity, so that the second entity interacts with the UE in the overlapping frequency range.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the data is downlink data.
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: And the second entity interacting with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity, including:
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收由所述第一实体按照第一双工模式调 制后的下行数据,将所述按照第一双工模式调制后的下行数据发送给所述 UE; 或者, Receiving, by the first entity, the downlink data modulated by the first entity according to the first duplex mode, and transmitting the downlink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the UE; Or,
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收所述下行数据, 将所述下行数据按照 第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to a first duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
对应地, 所述 UE在收到所述下行数据后, 可以按照第一双工模式的反馈 时序向所述第一实体发送针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中 不是所有的子帧都能用于下行发送, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子 帧发送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位 置相同。 Correspondingly, after receiving the downlink data, the UE may send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the first entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink transmission. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second entity sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the downlink subframe of the primary carrier. The location is the same.
上述下行 CA的场景中,控制辅载波小区的实体将按照主载波小区的双工 模式调制后的下行数据发送给 UE , 使得 UE可以按照同制式的下行 CA的方式 来接收数据和发送上行 HARQ反馈,提供了一种不改动现有空口协议的异制式 载波下行 CA的解决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell sends the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell to the UE, so that the UE can receive data and send uplink HARQ feedback according to the downlink CA mode of the same standard. A solution for a heterogeneous carrier downlink CA that does not modify the existing air interface protocol is provided, which improves downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the data is uplink data.
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: And the second entity interacting with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity, including:
所述第二实体从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上 行数据; Receiving, by the second entity, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发送给所述第一实体。 对应地, 所述第一实体在收到所述上行数据后, 可以按照第一双工模式 的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中
不是所有的子帧都能用于上行接收, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子 帧接收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位 置相同。 And transmitting the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the first entity. Correspondingly, after receiving the uplink data, the first entity may send a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, and the carrier of the TDD mode is Not all subframes can be used for uplink reception. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode and the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second entity uses a partial uplink of the secondary carrier. The subframe receives the uplink data, and the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
上述上行 CA的场景中,控制辅载波小区的实体从 UE接收所述 UE按照异 制式的主载波小区的双工模式调制后的上行数据, 并发送给控制主载波小区 的实体, 使得 UE可以按照同制式的上行 CA的方式来发送数据, 提供了一种 不改动现有空口协议的异制式载波上行 CA的解决方案,提高了上行吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives, from the UE, the uplink data modulated by the UE in the duplex mode of the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, and sends the uplink data to the entity controlling the primary carrier cell, so that the UE can follow The uplink CA method of the same format transmits data, and provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier uplink CA that does not change the existing air interface protocol, thereby improving uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
在本发明的又一可选的实施例中, 改动空口协议。 相应地, 步骤 202 具 体可以包括: In yet another alternative embodiment of the invention, the air interface protocol is modified. Correspondingly, step 202 may include:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 And the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the data is downlink data.
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 The second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the second duplex mode and the
UE交互数据, 包括: UE interaction data, including:
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收所述下行数据, 将所述下行数据按照 所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, and the downlink data is modulated according to the second duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
可选地, 本实施例中 UE针对所述下行数据反馈上行 HARQ指示的方式 可以有多种。可选地, 所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第 二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据之后, 还包括: Optionally, in this embodiment, the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data may be multiple. Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the first entity, the method further includes:
所述第二实体接收所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针 对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 And the second entity receives an uplink HARQ indication that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, for the downlink data.
作为替代地,所述 UE也可以按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向第一实 体发送的针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的 反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的子帧 都能用于下行发送, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工 模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述下 行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 Alternatively, the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink transmission. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second entity sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the downlink subframe of the primary carrier. The location is the same.
其中, 位置相同的子帧是指在同一个 TTI中子帧号相同的子帧。
上述下行 CA的场景中,控制辅载波小区的实体将异制式的主载波小区提 供的下行数据按照辅载波小区的双工模式调制后发送给 UE , 提供了一种异制 式载波下行 CA的解决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 The subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI. In the scenario of the downlink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell sends the downlink data provided by the heterogeneous primary carrier cell to the UE according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA. , improving downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the data is uplink data.
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 The second entity according to the indication of the first entity, according to the second duplex mode and the
UE交互数据, 包括: UE interaction data, including:
所述第二实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调制后上 行数据; Receiving, by the second entity, the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode;
将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调后发送给所述第一实 体。 The uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode is demodulated and sent to the first entity.
可选地, 所述第二实体接收所述 UE发送的按照所述第二双工模式调制 后上行数据之后, 还包括: Optionally, after receiving, by the second entity, the uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode, the method further includes:
所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE 发送针对所 述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 And transmitting, by the second entity, a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
作为替代地, 也可以由第一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向 所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 在此场景下, 由于 TDD模 式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的 子帧都能用于上行接收, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二 双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所 述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 Alternatively, the downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data may also be sent to the UE by the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink reception. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode. When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second entity receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe and the uplink subframe in the primary carrier The location is the same.
其中, 位置相同的子帧是指在同一个 TTI中子帧号相同的子帧。 The subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
上述上行 CA的场景中, 控制辅载波小区的实体接收 UE发送的按照辅载 波小区的双工模式调制后的上行数据, 并解调后发给控制异制式的主载波小 区的实体, 提供了一种异制式载波上行 CA的解决方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and demodulates and sends the uplink data to the entity that controls the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, providing a A heterogeneous carrier uplink CA solution improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
在上述各实施例的 CA的场景中, 若 CA无需占用辅载波的全部资源, 辅 载波上的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE 使用。 可选地, 步骤 202之前, 还包括: In the scenario of the CA in the foregoing embodiments, if the CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, before step 202, the method further includes:
所述第二实体确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; Determining, by the second entity, a CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier;
步骤 202, 包括:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示,通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资 源与所述 UE交互数据。 Step 202, comprising: And the second entity exchanges data with the UE by using the CA in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the first entity.
可选地, 所述第二实体确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源, 包括: Optionally, the determining, by the second entity, the CA occupation resources in the secondary carrier, including:
所述第二实体与所述第一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, 所述第二实体根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The second entity negotiates with the first entity to determine that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies the resource; or the second entity determines, according to the pre-configuration, the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
其中, 当第一实体与第二实体为不同的 eNB时, 上述协商的方式可以是 第一实体通过 X2接口上的消息, 如 X2接口建立请求 (X2 Setup Request ) 消息和 X2接口建立响应 ( X2 Setup Response ) 消息, 通知第二实体 CA所需 带宽, 所述第二实体根据所需带宽确定辅载波上的 CA占用资源。 可选地, X2 接口建立请求消息和 X2 接口建立响应消息中通过扩展字段标识所需带宽和 所确定的辅载波上的 CA占用资源。 When the first entity and the second entity are different eNBs, the negotiation may be performed by the first entity by using a message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 Setup Request message and an X2 interface establishment response (X2). The Setup Response message informs the second entity CA of the required bandwidth, and the second entity determines the CA occupation resource on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth. Optionally, the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using the extended field and the CA occupied resource on the determined secondary carrier.
其中, 预先配置的方式可以是在 0SS的配置中指定所述辅载波中可用于 CA的资源, 即所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The pre-configured manner may be that the resources available for the CA in the secondary carrier are specified in the configuration of the 0SS, that is, the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
为了提高辅载波的频谱资源利用率, 可选地, 还包括: In order to improve the spectrum resource utilization of the secondary carrier, optionally, the method further includes:
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中除所述 CA 占用资源之外的其它资源与 接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 And the second entity exchanges data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell by using a resource other than the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier.
由于 TDD模式的载波中每个子帧无法既用于上行, 又用于下行, 可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; The first duplex mode is the FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, because each of the carriers in the TDD mode cannot be used for both the uplink and the downlink.
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, When the second entity sends data to the UE by using the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the second entity receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
本发明实施例二提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 3为本发明实施例三提供的一种载波聚合方法的流程示意图, 如图 3 所示, 该方法包括: FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a carrier aggregation method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes:
步骤 301、 UE确定 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区;所述主载波小区为第 一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双 工模式与所述第二双工模式不同。 Step 301: The UE determines a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA. The primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, where the first duplex mode is performed. Different from the second duplex mode.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式;
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 通常, 用于控制主载波小区的第一实体在 UE接入主载波小区后, 将辅载 波对应的频点通知发送给所述 UE。 相应地, 步骤 301, 包括: Optionally, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode; Optionally, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode. Generally, after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity for controlling the primary carrier cell sends a frequency notification corresponding to the secondary carrier to the UE. Correspondingly, step 301 includes:
所述 UE在接入所述主载波小区后,从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区 对应的辅载波对应的频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the UE receives information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell from the first entity.
可选地, 所述从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波对应的 频点的信息, 包括: Optionally, the receiving, by the first entity, information about a frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, including:
所述 UE从所述第一实体接收 RRC重配置消息,所述 RRC重配置消息携带 所述频点的信息。 The UE receives an RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
其中, 所述第一实体可以为控制所述主载波小区的 eNB, 或是, eNB 中用于控制所述主载波小区的单板。 可选地, 所述 RRC重配置消息中还携 带有辅载波的带宽, UE可以根据所述频点的信息和带宽确定辅载波的频率 范围。 The first entity may be an eNB that controls the primary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the primary carrier cell. Optionally, the RRC reconfiguration message further carries the bandwidth of the secondary carrier, and the UE may determine the frequency range of the secondary carrier according to the information and bandwidth of the frequency point.
步骤 302、 所述 UE与第一实体交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所述第 一实体交互第二数据; 所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第二实 体用于控制所述辅载波小区。 Step 302: The UE exchanges first data with the first entity, and interacts with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is used to control the primary carrier cell, and the second entity Used to control the secondary carrier cell.
其中, 所述第二实体可以是控制所述辅载波小区的 eNB , 或是, eNB 中用于控制所述辅载波小区的单板。 在一次 CA过程中, 可以有一个或多个 辅载波小区; 当有多个辅载波小区时, 所述多个辅载波小区可以对应同一第 二实体, 也可以对应不同的第二实体; UE分别与第一实体和每个辅载波小区 对应的第二实体交互数据。 The second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the secondary carrier cell. In a CA process, there may be one or more secondary carrier cells; when there are multiple secondary carrier cells, the multiple secondary carrier cells may correspond to the same second entity, or may correspond to different second entities; The second entity corresponding to the first entity and each secondary carrier cell exchanges data.
可选地, 所述 UE与第一实体交互第一数据, 包括: Optionally, the UE interacting with the first entity with the first data includes:
所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一数据; 所述通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据, 包括: The UE exchanges the first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode; and the second entity interacts with the first entity by the second entity, including:
按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据。 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; According to the second duplex mode, the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity. In the scenario of the downlink CA, the second data is the second downlink data;
所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数 据, 包括: And the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
所述 UE 从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式进 行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第二实体从所述第一实
体接收的。 Receiving, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is that the second entity is from the first Real Body received.
可选地, 所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交 互第二数据之后, 还包括: Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the first entity by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, the method further includes:
所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发送针对所 述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 And transmitting, by the UE, an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the second entity according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
上述下行 CA的场景中, UE接收不同双工模式的主载波小区和辅载波小 区的实体分别发送的按照不同双工模式调制的下行数据, 提供了一种异制式 载波下行 CA的解决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the UE receives the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell in different duplex modes, and provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA. Downstream throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; In the scenario of the uplink CA, the second data is the second uplink data;
所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数 据, 包括: And the second entity interacts with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode, including:
所述 UE 将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据发送给所述第 二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解调后, 被所述第二实 体发送给所述第一实体。 Transmitting, by the second entity, the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity, The second entity sends to the first entity.
可选地, 所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交 互第二数据之后, 还包括: Optionally, after the second entity interacts with the first entity by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, the method further includes:
所述 UE接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针 对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, Receiving, by the UE, a downlink HARQ indication that is sent by the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, for the second uplink data; or
所述 UE 接收所述第一实体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送 的、 针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 The UE receives the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent by the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
上述上行 CA的场景中, UE分别向控制主载波小区的第一实体和控制辅 载波小区的第二实体发送按照不同双工模式调制后的上行数据, 提供了一种 异制式频段载波上行 CA的解决方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the UE sends uplink data modulated according to different duplex modes to the first entity that controls the primary carrier cell and the second entity that controls the secondary carrier cell, and provides a heterogeneous frequency band carrier uplink CA. The solution improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
本发明实施例三提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 3 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 4为本发明实施例四提供的一种实体 400的结构示意图。如图 4所示, 该实体 400包括: FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 400 according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the entity 400 includes:
处理器 41, 用于确定 CA的辅载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA的 主载波小区,所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区,所述辅载波小区为第 二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同;
发射器 42和接收器 43, 用于与 UE交互第一数据, 并通过另一实体与 所述 UE交互第二数据; 所述另一实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。 The processor 41 is configured to determine a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the entity is used to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second pair The working mode cell, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; The transmitter 42 and the receiver 43 are configured to exchange first data with the UE, and interact with the UE by the second data by another entity; the another entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA.
处理器 41具体用于: 在 0SS配置的小区集合中, 选择所述 CA的辅载波 小区, 所述小区集合包括至少一个第二双工模式的小区。 The processor 41 is specifically configured to: select, in a set of cells configured by the 0SS, a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the set of cells includes at least one cell in a second duplex mode.
可选地, 所述实体为 eNB。 或是, 所述实体为 eNB中用于控制主载波 小区的单板。 Optionally, the entity is an eNB. Or, the entity is a board in the eNB for controlling the primary carrier cell.
在本发明的一个可选的实施例中, 无需改动空口协议。 相应地, 处理 器 41还用于: In an alternative embodiment of the invention, there is no need to modify the air interface protocol. Accordingly, the processor 41 is also used to:
在与 UE交互第一数据之前,确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率 范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的频率范围 有重叠; Before the first data is exchanged with the UE, determining a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点; 发射器 42还用于, 将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE 与所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 Determining, by the transmitter 42, the frequency point of the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode; the transmitter 42 is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the The other entity interacts with the data in accordance with the first duplex mode.
可选地, 发射器 42具体用于: Optionally, the transmitter 42 is specifically configured to:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 向所述 UE发送无线资源控制 RRC重 配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 And after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, sending a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data.
发射器 42具体用于: The transmitter 42 is specifically used to:
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 一下行数据发送给所述 UE; The first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 二下行数据通过所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 或者, 所述第一实体将第二下 行数据提供给所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式进行调制, 调制后的第二 下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之 间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Modulating the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and transmitting the modulated second downlink data to the UE by using another entity; or, the first entity The data is provided to the another entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity and the UE are The interaction between the frequencies is in the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
可选地, 所述接收器还用于: 接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反 馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the receiver is further configured to: receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
上述下行 CA场景中,通过将异制式的辅载波与主载波对应的第一双工模
式重叠的频率范围在第一双工模式下对应的频点发送给 UE, 并且通过辅载波 发送给 UE的第二下行数据也是按照第一双工模式调制好的, 使得 UE可以按 照同制式的下行 CA的方式来接收下行数据和发送上行 HARQ指示, 提供了一 种不改动现有空口协议的异制式载波下行 CA的解决方案,提高了下行吞吐率 和频谱资源利用率。 In the foregoing downlink CA scenario, the first duplex mode corresponding to the primary carrier by using the heterogeneous secondary carrier The overlapping frequency ranges are sent to the UE in the first duplex mode, and the second downlink data sent to the UE by the secondary carrier is also modulated according to the first duplex mode, so that the UE can follow the same standard. The downlink CA mode is used to receive downlink data and send an uplink HARQ indication, and provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier downlink CA that does not change the existing air interface protocol, thereby improving downlink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the first data is the first uplink data, and the second data is the second uplink data.
接收器 43具体用于: The receiver 43 is specifically used to:
从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第一上行 数据; Receiving, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
从所述另一实体接收由所述 UE 按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第 二上行数据, 所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE发送给所述另一实体的; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Receiving, by the another entity, second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the another entity; The interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
可选地, 发射器 42还用于, 按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the transmitter 42 is further configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
上述上行 CA场景中,通过将异制式的辅载波与主载波对应的第一双工模 式重叠的频率范围在第一双工模式下对应的频点发送给 UE, 使得 UE可以按 照同制式的上行 CA的方式来发送数据,提供了一种不改动现有空口协议的异 制式载波上行 CA的解决方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the foregoing uplink CA scenario, the frequency range in which the first duplex mode corresponding to the primary carrier and the primary carrier are overlapped is sent to the UE in the first duplex mode, so that the UE can follow the uplink of the same standard. The CA method sends data, providing a solution for the heterogeneous carrier uplink CA without changing the existing air interface protocol, improving the uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
在本发明的又一可选的实施例中, 改动空口协议。 相应地, 处理器 41 还用于: In yet another alternative embodiment of the invention, the air interface protocol is modified. Accordingly, the processor 41 is further configured to:
在与 UE交互第一数据之前,确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率 范围在所述第二双工模式下对应的频点; Before the first data is exchanged with the UE, determining a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell in the second duplex mode;
发射器 42 还用于将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE 与所述另一实体按照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 The transmitter 42 is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
可选地, 发射器 42具体用于: Optionally, the transmitter 42 is specifically configured to:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 向所述 UE发送无线资源控制 RRC重 配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 And after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, sending a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二下行数据;
发射器 42具体用于: Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data. The transmitter 42 is specifically used to:
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 一下行数据发送给所述 UE; The first downlink data is modulated according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated first downlink data is sent to the UE;
将第二下行数据提供给所述另一实体按照第二双工模式进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体 与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 After the second downlink data is provided to the another entity for modulation according to the second duplex mode, the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity and the The interaction between the UEs is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency points.
可选地, 本实施例中 UE针对第二下行数据反馈上行 HARQ指示的方式 可以有多种。 可选地, 接收器 43还用于: 接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模 式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, in this embodiment, the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data may be multiple. Optionally, the receiver 43 is further configured to: receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
可选地, 所述 UE也可以按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述另一 实体发送针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
上述下行 CA的场景中,控制主载波小区的实体将异制式的辅载波的频点 发送给 UE, 通过主载波向 UE发送第一双工模式的下行数据, 并且通过辅载 波向 UE发送第二双工模式的下行数据, 提供了一种异制式载波下行 CA的解 决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, transmits the downlink data of the first duplex mode to the UE by using the primary carrier, and sends the second downlink to the UE by using the secondary carrier. The downlink data of the duplex mode provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA, which improves the downlink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the first data is the first uplink data, and the second data is the second uplink data.
接收器 43具体用于: The receiver 43 is specifically used to:
从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的第一上行数 据; Receiving, by the UE, first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
从所述另一实体接收第二上行数据,所述第二上行数据是所述另一实体 在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据 解调后发送的。 Receiving second uplink data from the another entity, where the second uplink data is a second uplink data solution that is received by the another entity from the UE and modulated by the UE according to a second duplex mode. Transmitted after sending.
可选地, 发射器 42还用于, 按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the transmitter 42 is further configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
上述上行 CA的场景中,控制主载波小区的实体将异制式的辅载波的频点 发送给 UE, 使得 UE分别按照不同双工模式向控制主载波小区的实体和控制 辅载波小区的实体发送分别上行数据,提供了一种异制式载波上行 CA的解决 方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the entity controlling the primary carrier cell sends the frequency of the heterogeneous secondary carrier to the UE, so that the UE sends the entity that controls the primary carrier cell and the entity that controls the secondary carrier cell according to different duplex modes. Uplink data provides a solution for heterogeneous carrier uplink CA, which improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
在上述各实施例的下行 CA的场景中, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序与 FDD模
式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的子帧都能用于下行。 可 选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述另一实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述第二下行数据, 所述部 分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 In the scenario of the downlink CA of each of the above embodiments, due to the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the FDD mode The feedback timing is different, and not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink. Optionally, when the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the another entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, The location of the partial downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
若下行 CA无需占用辅载波的全部资源,辅载波上的其它资源还可以供接 入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。 可选地, 处理器 41还用于: If the downlink CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE that accesses the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the processor 41 is further configured to:
在发射器 42和接收器 43通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源用 于发送所述第二下行数据, 且不用于所述另一实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Determining, by the transmitter 42 and the receiver 43, the downlink CA in the secondary carrier by using another entity to exchange the second data with the UE, where the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies the resource for sending the The second downlink data is not used by the another entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 处理器 41还具体用于: Optionally, the processor 41 is further configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 Determining, by the another entity, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier; or determining, according to the pre-configuration, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 时分双工 TDD模式时, 处理器 41还用于: Optionally, the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, the processor 41 is further configured to:
在通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的下 行 CA占用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据时,所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特 殊子帧不可用。 Determining an uplink subframe and a special subframe in the secondary carrier when the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the second downlink data before the second data is exchanged with the UE by another entity unavailable.
在上述各实施例的上行 CA的场景中, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序与 FDD模 式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的子帧都能用于上行。 可 选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述另一实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述第二上行数据, 所述部 分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 In the scenario of the uplink CA in the above embodiments, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode is different from the feedback timing of the FDD mode, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink. Optionally, when the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the another entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe of the secondary carrier, The location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
若上行 CA无需占用辅载波的全部资源,辅载波上的其它资源还可以供接 入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。 可选地, 处理器 41还用于: If the uplink CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE that accesses the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the processor 41 is further configured to:
在通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的上 行 CA占用资源,并调度所述 UE通过所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源发送所 述第二上行数据,所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源不用于所述另一实体与接 入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Determining, by the another entity, the uplink data of the uplink CA in the secondary carrier, and scheduling the UE to send the second uplink data by using the uplink CA resource in the secondary carrier. The uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is not used by the another entity to interact with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 处理器 41还具体用于:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 Optionally, the processor 41 is further configured to: And determining, by the another entity, the uplink CA in the secondary carrier to occupy the resource; or determining, according to the pre-configuration, the uplink CA occupying the resource in the secondary carrier.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 时分双工 TDD模式时, 处理器 41确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源用于 接收所述第二上行数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 Optionally, the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, the processor 41 determines that an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is used for When receiving the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
本发明实施例四提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 4 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 5为本发明实施例五提供的一种实体 500的结构示意图。如图 5所 示, 该实体 500包括: FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 500 according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 5, the entity 500 includes:
处理器 51, 用于确定 CA的主载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA的辅 载波小区,所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区,所述辅载波小区为第二 双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; The processor 51 is configured to determine a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the entity is used to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second pair The working mode cell, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
发射器 52和接收器 53, 用于根据另一实体的指示与 UE交互数据; 所述 另一实体用于控制所述 CA的主载波小区。 The transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are configured to exchange data with the UE according to an indication of another entity; the another entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 Optionally, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
例如, 所述实体为基站 eNB, 或是, eNB中用于控制所述辅载波小区的单 板。 For example, the entity is a base station eNB, or a board in the eNB for controlling the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 处理器 51具体用于: 根据 0SS的配置, 确定载波聚合 CA的主 载波小区。 Optionally, the processor 51 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the configuration of the 0SS, a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA.
在本发明的一个可选的实施例中, 辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一 双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 相应地无需改动空口协议。 本实施例中, 发 射器 52和接收器 53, 具体用于: In an optional embodiment of the present invention, the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and accordingly, the air interface protocol does not need to be modified. In this embodiment, the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are specifically used to:
根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 通常,所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围可以在表 1中不同双工 模式的下行工作频带中重叠的频率范围内, 或是与表 1 中不同双工模式的下 行工作频带中重叠的频率范围有重叠。举例来说, 第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 第二双工模式为 TDD模式, 辅载波的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz, 该频率 范围在 FDD模式的 Band7的下行工作频率范围内, 即与第一双工模式的频率 范围有重叠, 重叠的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz。 又举例来说, 第一双工
模式为 FDD 模式, 第二双工模式为 TDD 模式, 辅载波的频率范围为 2610MHz-2630MHz ,该频率范围与 FDD模式的 Band7的下行工作频率范围有重 叠, 即与第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 重叠的频率范围为 2620MHz-2630MHz o And interacting with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity. Generally, the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell may be in a frequency range overlapping in a downlink working band of different duplex modes in Table 1, or overlap with a downlink working band in a different duplex mode in Table 1. The frequency ranges overlap. For example, the first duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the secondary carrier has a frequency range of 2620 MHz-2630 MHz, and the frequency range is in the downlink operating frequency range of the Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the first The frequency range of a duplex mode overlaps, and the overlapping frequency range is 2620MHz-2630MHz. For another example, the first duplex The mode is FDD mode, the second duplex mode is TDD mode, and the frequency range of the secondary carrier is 2610MHz-2630MHz. The frequency range overlaps with the downlink operating frequency range of Band7 of the FDD mode, that is, the frequency range of the first duplex mode. There are overlaps, overlapping frequencies range from 2620MHz to 2630MHz o
可选地, 另一实体还可以指示所述实体所述重叠的频率范围, 以使所述 实体与所述 UE交互在所述重叠的频率范围内。 Optionally, another entity may further indicate the overlapping frequency ranges of the entity, such that the entity interacts with the UE within the overlapping frequency range.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the data is downlink data.
接收器 53 具体用于从所述另一实体接收由所述另一实体按照第一双工 模式调制后的下行数据,发射器 52具体用于将所述按照第一双工模式调制后 的下行数据发送给所述 UE ; 或者, The receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive, from the another entity, downlink data modulated by the another entity according to the first duplex mode, where the transmitter 52 is specifically configured to use the downlink that is modulated according to the first duplex mode. Data is sent to the UE; or
接收器 53具体用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据, 发射器 52具体 用于将所述下行数据按照第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitter 52 is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the first duplex mode.
对应地, 所述 UE在收到所述下行数据后, 可以按照第一双工模式的反馈 时序向所述另一实体发送针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中 不是所有的子帧都能用于下行发送, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时,发射器 52采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发 送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相 同。 Correspondingly, after receiving the downlink data, the UE may send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink transmission. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the transmitter 52 sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier. .
上述下行 CA的场景中,控制辅载波小区的实体将按照主载波小区的双工 模式调制后的下行数据发送给 UE , 使得 UE可以按照同制式的下行 CA的方式 来接收数据和发送上行 HARQ反馈,提供了一种不改动现有空口协议的异制式 载波下行 CA的解决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell sends the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell to the UE, so that the UE can receive data and send uplink HARQ feedback according to the downlink CA mode of the same standard. A solution for a heterogeneous carrier downlink CA that does not modify the existing air interface protocol is provided, which improves downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the data is uplink data.
接收器 53具体用于从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后 的上行数据; The receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode.
发射器 52 具体用于将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发 送给所述另一实体。 The transmitter 52 is specifically configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the another entity.
对应地, 所述另一实体在收到所述上行数据后, 可以按照第一双工模式 的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。在此场景下,
由于 TDD模式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中 不是所有的子帧都能用于上行接收, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时,接收器 53采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接 收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相 同。 Correspondingly, after receiving the uplink data, the another entity may send a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, Since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink reception. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, the second When the duplex mode is the FDD mode, the receiver 53 receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
上述上行 CA的场景中,控制辅载波小区的实体从 UE接收所述 UE按照异 制式的主载波小区的双工模式调制后的上行数据, 并发送给控制主载波小区 的实体, 使得 UE可以按照同制式的上行 CA的方式来发送数据, 提供了一种 不改动现有空口协议的异制式载波上行 CA的解决方案,提高了上行吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives, from the UE, the uplink data modulated by the UE in the duplex mode of the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, and sends the uplink data to the entity controlling the primary carrier cell, so that the UE can follow The uplink CA method of the same format transmits data, and provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier uplink CA that does not change the existing air interface protocol, thereby improving uplink throughput rate and spectrum resource utilization.
在本发明的又一可选的实施例中, 改动空口协议。 相应地, 发射器 52和 接收器 53, 具体用于: In yet another alternative embodiment of the invention, the air interface protocol is modified. Accordingly, the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are specifically used to:
根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为下行数据; And interacting with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity. Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the data is downlink data.
接收器 53具体用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据, 发射器 52具体 用于将所述下行数据按照所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the transmitter 52 is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the second duplex mode.
可选地, 本实施例中 UE针对所述下行数据反馈上行 HARQ指示的方式 可以有多种。 可选地, 接收器 53还用于, 接收所述 UE按照所述第二双工模 式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, in this embodiment, the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data may be multiple. Optionally, the receiver 53 is further configured to: receive an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
作为替代地,所述 UE也可以按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向另一实 体发送的针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的 反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的子帧 都能用于下行发送, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工 模式为 FDD模式时,发射器 52采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述下行数 据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 Alternatively, the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink transmission. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the transmitter 52 sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier. .
其中, 位置相同的子帧是指在同一个 TTI中子帧号相同的子帧。 The subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
可选地,所述 UE也可以按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述另一实 体发送针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
上述下行 CA的场景中,控制辅载波小区的实体将异制式的主载波小区提 供的下行数据按照辅载波小区的双工模式调制后发送给 UE , 提供了一种异制
式载波下行 CA的解决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell modulates the downlink data provided by the heterogeneous primary carrier cell according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and sends the downlink data to the UE, thereby providing a heterogeneous system. The carrier-based downlink CA solution improves downlink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the data is uplink data.
接收器 53具体用于从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调制 后上行数据; The receiver 53 is specifically configured to receive uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode from the UE.
发射器 52 具体用于将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调 后发送给所述另一实体。 The transmitter 52 is specifically configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send the uplink data to the another entity.
可选地, 发射器 52还用于, 按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the transmitter 52 is further configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
作为替代地, 也可以由另一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向 所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 在此场景下, 由于 TDD模 式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的 子帧都能用于上行接收, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二 双工模式为 FDD模式时,接收器 53采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述上 行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 Alternatively, the downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data may also be sent to the UE by another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink reception. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode. When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the receiver 53 receives the uplink data by using some uplink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier. .
上述上行 CA的场景中, 控制辅载波小区的实体接收 UE发送的按照辅载 波小区的双工模式调制后的上行数据, 并解调后发给控制异制式的主载波小 区的实体, 提供了一种异制式载波上行 CA的解决方案, 提高了上行吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the uplink CA, the entity controlling the secondary carrier cell receives the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the duplex mode of the secondary carrier cell, and demodulates and sends the uplink data to the entity that controls the heterogeneous primary carrier cell, providing a A heterogeneous carrier uplink CA solution improves uplink throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
在上述各实施例的基础上, 若 CA无需占用辅载波的全部资源, 辅载波上 的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。 可选地, 处理器 51还 用于: On the basis of the foregoing embodiments, if the CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the processor 51 is further configured to:
在根据另一实体的指示与 UE交互数据之前, 确定辅载波中的 CA占用资 源; Determining CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier before interacting with the UE according to the indication of another entity;
发射器 52和处理器 53具体用于, 根据所述另一实体的指示, 通过所述 辅载波中的 CA占用资源与所述 UE交互数据。 The transmitter 52 and the processor 53 are specifically configured to exchange data with the UE by using a CA occupying resources in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the another entity.
可选地, 处理器 51还具体用于: Optionally, the processor 51 is further configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, Determining, in cooperation with the another entity, that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources; or
根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
其中, 当实体与另一实体为不同的 eNB时, 上述协商的方式可以是书另 一实体通过 X2接口上的消息, 如 X2接口建立请求 (X2 Setup Request ) 消
息和 X2接口建立响应 (X2 Setup Response ) 消息, 通知所述实体 CA所需带 宽, 所述实体根据所需带宽确定辅载波上的 CA 占用资源。 可选地, X2接口 建立请求消息和 X2 接口建立响应消息中通过扩展字段标识所需带宽和所确 定的辅载波上的 CA占用资源。 Wherein, when the entity and the other entity are different eNBs, the manner of the foregoing negotiation may be that the other entity of the book passes the message on the X2 interface, such as an X2 Setup Request. The X2 interface response (X2 Setup Response) message informs the entity CA of the required bandwidth, and the entity determines the CA occupied resource on the secondary carrier according to the required bandwidth. Optionally, the X2 interface setup request message and the X2 interface setup response message identify the required bandwidth by using the extended field and the CA occupied resource on the determined secondary carrier.
其中, 预先配置的方式可以是在 0SS的配置中指定所述辅载波中可用于 The pre-configured manner may be that the secondary carrier is available in the configuration of the 0SS.
CA的资源, 即所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The resource of the CA, that is, the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources.
为了提高辅载波的频谱资源利用率, 可选地, 发射器 52和接收器 53还 用于,通过所述辅载波中除所述 CA占用资源之外的其它资源与接入所述辅载 波小区的 UE交互数据。 In order to improve the spectrum resource utilization of the secondary carrier, the transmitter 52 and the receiver 53 are further configured to access the secondary carrier cell by using other resources in the secondary carrier except the CA occupation resource. UE interaction data.
由于 TDD模式的载波中每个子帧无法既用于上行, 又用于下行, 可选地, 所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD 模式; The first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a time division duplex mode, because each subframe in the carrier of the TDD mode cannot be used for both the uplink and the downlink. TDD mode;
发射器 52通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据时,所述 辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, When the transmitter 52 transmits data to the UE through the CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
接收器 53通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据时,所述 辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the receiver 53 receives data from the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
本发明实施例五提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 5 of the present invention provides a solution for a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 6为本发明实施例六提供的一种 UE 600的结构示意图。 如图 6所示, 该 UE 600包括: FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 600 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the UE 600 includes:
处理器 61, 用于确定 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区; 所述主载波小区 为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第 一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; The processor 61 is configured to determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, where the first dual The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
发射器 62与接收器 63, 用于与第一实体交互第一数据, 并通过第二实 体与所述第一实体交互第二数据; 所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第二实体用于控制所述辅载波小区。 The transmitter 62 and the receiver 63 are configured to exchange the first data with the first entity, and exchange the second data with the first entity by using the second entity, where the first entity is used to control the primary carrier cell. The second entity is configured to control the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 Optionally, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
通常, 用于控制主载波小区的实体在 UE接入主载波小区后, 将辅载波对 应的频点通知发送给所述 UE。 相应地, 接收器 63还用于: 在 UE 600接入所
述主载波小区后, 从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波对应的 频点的信息; Generally, after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the entity for controlling the primary carrier cell sends a frequency notification corresponding to the secondary carrier to the UE. Correspondingly, the receiver 63 is further configured to: access the UE 600 After the primary carrier cell is configured, the information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is received from the first entity;
处理器 61具体用于:根据所述接收器从所述第一实体接收的所述频点的 信息, 确定 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区。 The processor 61 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the information about the frequency point that the receiver receives from the first entity, a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
可选地, 接收器 63还具体用于: 从所述第一实体接收 RRC重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 Optionally, the receiver 63 is further configured to: receive an RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information about the frequency point.
可选地, 所述 RRC重配置消息中还携带有辅载波的带宽, UE可以根据 所述频点的信息和带宽确定辅载波的频率范围。 Optionally, the RRC reconfiguration message further carries the bandwidth of the secondary carrier, and the UE may determine the frequency range of the secondary carrier according to the information and the bandwidth of the frequency point.
其中, 所述第一实体可以为控制所述主载波小区的 eNB, 或是, eNB 中用于控制所述主载波小区的单板。所述第二实体可以是控制所述辅载波 小区的 eNB , 或是, eNB中用于控制所述辅载波小区的单板。 在一次 CA过 程中, 可以有一个或多个辅载波小区; 当有多个辅载波小区时, 所述多个辅 载波小区可以对应同一第二实体, 也可以对应不同的第二实体; UE分别与第 一实体和每个辅载波小区对应的第二实体交互数据。 The first entity may be an eNB that controls the primary carrier cell, or a board that is used by the eNB to control the primary carrier cell. The second entity may be an eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell, or a board in the eNB that controls the secondary carrier cell. In a CA process, there may be one or more secondary carrier cells; when there are multiple secondary carrier cells, the multiple secondary carrier cells may correspond to the same second entity, or may correspond to different second entities; The second entity corresponding to the first entity and each secondary carrier cell exchanges data.
可选地, 发射器 62与接收器 63具体用于: Optionally, the transmitter 62 and the receiver 63 are specifically configured to:
按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一数据; And interacting with the first entity with the first data according to the first duplex mode;
按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据。 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; According to the second duplex mode, the second data is exchanged with the first entity by the second entity. In the scenario of the downlink CA, the second data is the second downlink data;
接收器 63具体用于:从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照所述第二 双工模式进行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第二实体从 所述第一实体接收的。 The receiver 63 is specifically configured to: receive, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is the second entity Received by the first entity.
可选地, 发射器 62还用于: Optionally, the transmitter 62 is also used to:
按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发送针对所述第二 下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 And transmitting, according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the second entity.
上述下行 CA的场景中, UE接收不同双工模式的主载波小区和辅载波小 区的实体分别发送的按照不同双工模式调制的下行数据, 提供了一种异制式 载波下行 CA的解决方案, 提高了下行吞吐率和频谱资源利用率。 In the scenario of the downlink CA, the UE receives the downlink data modulated by the duplex mode of the primary carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell in different duplex modes, and provides a solution for the heterogeneous carrier downlink CA. Downstream throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; In the scenario of the uplink CA, the second data is the second uplink data;
发射器 62具体用于:将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据发 送给所述第二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解调后, 被
所述第二实体发送给所述第一实体。 The transmitter 62 is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity, Be The second entity sends to the first entity.
可选地, 接收器 63还用于: Optionally, the receiver 63 is further configured to:
接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述 第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, Receiving, by the second entity, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode; or
接收所述第一实体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对 所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Receiving, by the first entity, the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
本发明实施例六提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 6 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 7为本发明实施例七提供的一种实体 700的结构示意图。如图 7所示, 该实体 700包括: FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an entity 700 according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the entity 700 includes:
第一确定模块 71, 用于确定 CA的辅载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA 的主载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 交互模块 72, 用于与 UE交互第一数据, 并通过另一实体与所述 UE交 互第二数据; 所述另一实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。 a first determining module 71, configured to determine a secondary carrier cell of the CA; the entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a The second duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; the interaction module 72 is configured to exchange first data with the UE, and interact with the UE by using another entity. The another entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA.
可选地, 第一确定模块 71具体用于: 在 0SS配置的小区集合中, 选择 所述 CA的辅载波小区, 所述小区集合包括至少一个第二双工模式的小区。 Optionally, the first determining module 71 is specifically configured to: select, in a set of cells configured by the 0SS, a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the set of cells includes at least one cell of a second duplex mode.
在本发明的一个可选的实施例中, 无需改动空口协议。 相应地, 该实 体 700还包括: In an alternative embodiment of the invention, there is no need to modify the air interface protocol. Accordingly, the entity 700 further includes:
第二确定模块, 用于在交互模块 72与 UE交互第一数据之前, 确定所 述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范 围与所述第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠; a second determining module, configured to determine a frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, where the interaction module 72 and the UE exchange the first data, where the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier is different from the first duplex The frequency range of the pattern overlaps;
第三确定模块, 用于确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下 对应的频点; a third determining module, configured to determine a frequency point corresponding to the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode;
通知模块, 用于将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与 所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 And a notification module, configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the first duplex mode.
可选地, 所述通知模块具体用于, 在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 向所述 UE发送 RRC重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 Optionally, the notification module is configured to: after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, send an RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二下行数据;
交互模块 72包括: Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data. The interaction module 72 includes:
第一发送单元,用于按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调 制, 并将调制后的第一下行数据发送给所述 UE ; The first sending unit is configured to adjust the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
第二发送单元,用于按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调 制, 并将调制后的第二下行数据通过所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 或者, 用 于将第二下行数据提供给所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式进行调制, 调 制后的第二下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体与 所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 a second sending unit, configured to modulate the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated second downlink data to the UE by using another entity; or Providing the second downlink data to the another entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE; wherein the another entity is The interaction between the UEs is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
可选地, 该实体 700还包括: Optionally, the entity 700 further includes:
接收模块,用于接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 The receiving module is configured to receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the first data is the first uplink data, and the second data is the second uplink data.
交互模块 72包括: The interaction module 72 includes:
第一接收单元, 用于从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式 进行调制后的第一上行数据; a first receiving unit, configured to receive, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
第二接收单元, 用于从所述另一实体接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工 模式进行调制后的第二上行数据,所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE发送 给所述另一实体的; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点 对应的频率范围内。 a second receiving unit, configured to receive, by the another entity, second uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, where the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE The interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
在本发明的又一可选的实施例中,改动空口协议。相应地,该实体 700 还包括: In yet another alternative embodiment of the invention, the air interface protocol is modified. Accordingly, the entity 700 also includes:
第四确定模块, 用于在交互模块 72与 UE交互第一数据之前, 确定所 述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围在所述第二双工模式下对应的频 点; a fourth determining module, configured to determine, before the interaction module 72 interacts with the UE, the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell in the second duplex mode;
通知模块, 用于将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与 所述另一实体按照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 And a notification module, configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, where the frequency point is used by the UE and the another entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
通常, 第一实体在 UE接入主载波小区后, 将所述对应的频点发送给所述 UEo 例如, 所述通知模块具体用于: Generally, after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends the corresponding frequency to the UE. For example, the notification module is specifically configured to:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 向所述 UE发送 RRC重配置消息, 所
述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, sending an RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where The RRC reconfiguration message carries information of the frequency point.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一下行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the first data is the first downlink data, and the second data is the second downlink data.
交互模块 72包括: The interaction module 72 includes:
第三发送单元,用于按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调 制, 并将调制后的第一下行数据发送给所述 UE ; a third sending unit, configured to modify the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
第四发送单元, 用于将第二下行数据提供给所述另一实体按照第二双 工模式进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE ; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 a fourth sending unit, configured to send the second downlink data to the another entity to perform modulation according to the second duplex mode, where the modulated second downlink data is sent by the another entity to the UE, where The interaction between the another entity and the UE is within a frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
可选地, 本实施例中 UE针对第二下行数据反馈上行 HARQ指示的方式 可以有多种。 可选地, 该实体还包括: Optionally, in this embodiment, the manner in which the UE feeds back the uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data may be multiple. Optionally, the entity further includes:
接收模块,用于接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 The receiving module is configured to receive an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data that is sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第一数据为第一上行数据, 所述第 二数据为第二上行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the first data is the first uplink data, and the second data is the second uplink data.
交互模块 72包括: The interaction module 72 includes:
第三接收单元, 用于从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式 调制后的第一上行数据; a third receiving unit, configured to receive, by the UE, first uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
第四接收单元, 用于从所述另一实体接收第二上行数据, 所述第二上 行数据是所述另一实体在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式 调制后的第二上行数据解调后发送的。 a fourth receiving unit, configured to receive second uplink data from the another entity, where the second uplink data is that the another entity receives the second duplex mode modulated by the UE from the UE After the second uplink data is demodulated and transmitted.
可选地, 该实体还包括: 发送模块, 用于按照所述第一双工模式的反馈 时序向所述 UE发送针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the entity further includes: a sending module, configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
在上述各实施例的下行 CA的场景中, 若下行 CA无需占用辅载波的全部 资源,辅载波上的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。可选地, 该实体 700还包括: In the scenario of the downlink CA in the foregoing embodiments, if the downlink CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the entity 700 further includes:
第五确定模块,用于在交互模块 72通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数 据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 所述辅载波中的下行 CA占 用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据, 且不用于所述另一实体与接入所述辅载 波小区的 UE交互数据。
可选地, 所述第五确定模块具体用于: a fifth determining module, configured to determine, by the interaction module 72, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier before the second entity exchanges the second data with the UE, where the downlink CA resource in the secondary carrier is used for sending The second downlink data is not used by the another entity to exchange data with a UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the fifth determining module is specifically configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 Determining, by the another entity, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier; or determining, according to the pre-configuration, the downlink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier.
可选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模 式时, 所述第五确定模块确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资源用于发送所 述第二下行数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 Optionally, when the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode, the fifth determining module determines that a downlink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier is used to send the In the second downlink data, the uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
由于 TDD模式的反馈时序与 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载 波中不是所有的子帧都能用于下行。 可选地, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模 式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述另一实体采用辅载波中的部分下 行子帧发送所述第二下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行 子帧的位置相同。 Since the feedback timing of the TDD mode is different from the feedback timing of the FDD mode, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink. Optionally, when the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the another entity sends the second downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, The location of the partial downlink subframe is the same as the location of the downlink subframe in the primary carrier.
在上述各实施例的上行 CA的场景中, 若上行 CA无需占用辅载波的全部 资源,辅载波上的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。可选地, 该实体 700还包括: In the scenario of the uplink CA in the foregoing embodiments, if the uplink CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the entity 700 further includes:
第六确定模块,用于在交互模块 72通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数 据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 并调度所述 UE通过所述辅 载波中的上行 CA 占用资源发送所述第二上行数据, 所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资源不用于所述另一实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 a sixth determining module, configured to determine an uplink CA occupied resource in the secondary carrier, and schedule the UE to pass an uplink in the secondary carrier, before the interaction module 72 exchanges the second data with the UE by another entity. The CA occupies the resource to send the second uplink data, and the uplink CA occupant resource in the secondary carrier is not used for the UE to exchange data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 所述第六确定模块具体用于: Optionally, the sixth determining module is specifically configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 Negotiating with the another entity to determine an uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier; or determining, according to a pre-configuration, an uplink CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier.
可选地, 当所述第一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式 为时分双工 TDD模式时, 所述第六确定模块确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占 用资源用于接收所述第二上行数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧 不可用。 Optionally, when the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, the sixth determining module determines an uplink CA in the secondary carrier. When the resource is used to receive the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
由于 TDD模式的载波中每个子帧无法既用于上行,又用于下行,可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述另一 实体采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接收所述第二上行数据, 所述部分上行子 帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相同。 The first duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, where the second duplex mode is the FDD mode. An entity receives the second uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe is the same as the location of the uplink subframe in the primary carrier.
本发明实施例七提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和
频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 7 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and Spectrum resource utilization.
图 8为本发明实施例八提供的一种实体 800示意图。 如图 8所示, 该实 体 800包括: FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an entity 800 according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention. As shown in Figure 8, the entity 800 includes:
第一确定模块 81于确定 CA的主载波小区;所述实体用于控制所述 CA的 辅载波小区,所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第 二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; The first determining module 81 is configured to determine a primary carrier cell of the CA; the entity is configured to control a secondary carrier cell of the CA, where the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a second pair The working mode cell, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode;
第一交互模块 82于根据另一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据; 所述 另一实体用于控制所述 CA的主载波小区。 The first interaction module 82 interacts with the user equipment UE according to an indication of another entity; the another entity is configured to control a primary carrier cell of the CA.
例如, 第一确定模块 81具体用于: 所述第二实体根据 0SS的配置, 确定 载波聚合 CA的主载波小区。 For example, the first determining module 81 is specifically configured to: determine, by the second entity, a primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the configuration of the 0SS.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 Optionally, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
在本发明的一个可选的实施例中, 辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一 双工模式的频率范围有重叠, 相应地无需改动空口协议。 本实施例中, 第 一交互模块 82 具体用于: 根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模 式与所述 UE交互数据。 In an optional embodiment of the present invention, the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode, and accordingly, the air interface protocol does not need to be modified. In this embodiment, the first interaction module 82 is specifically configured to: interact with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the data is downlink data.
第一交互模块 82包括: The first interaction module 82 includes:
第一接收单元, 用于从所述另一实体接收由所述另一实体按照第一双工 模式调制后的下行数据; 第一发送单元, 用于将所述按照第一双工模式调制 后的下行数据发送给所述 UE ; 或者, a first receiving unit, configured to receive, from the another entity, downlink data modulated by the another entity according to a first duplex mode; a first sending unit, configured to: after the modulation according to the first duplex mode The downlink data is sent to the UE; or
第二接收单元, 用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据; 第二发送单元, 用于将所述下行数据按照第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 a second receiving unit, configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the second sending unit is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to a first duplex mode.
对应地, 所述 UE在收到所述下行数据后, 可以按照第一双工模式的反馈 时序向所述另一实体发送针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中 不是所有的子帧都能用于下行发送, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二发送单元采用辅载波中的部分下 行子帧发送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧 的位置相同。
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为上行数据; Correspondingly, after receiving the downlink data, the UE may send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to the another entity according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink transmission. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second sending unit sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial downlink subframe and the downlink subframe in the primary carrier The same location. Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the data is uplink data.
第一交互模块 82包括: The first interaction module 82 includes:
第三接收单元, 用于从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制 后的上行数据; a third receiving unit, configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
第三发送单元, 用于将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发 送给所述另一实体。 And a third sending unit, configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the another entity.
对应地, 所述另一实体在收到所述上行数据后, 可以按照第一双工模式 的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。在此场景下,, 由于 TDD模式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中 不是所有的子帧都能用于上行接收, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第三接收单元采用辅载波中的部分上 行子帧接收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧 的位置相同。 Correspondingly, after receiving the uplink data, the another entity may send a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to a feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink reception, and therefore, when the first duplex mode is TDD a mode, where the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the third receiving unit receives the uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe and an uplink subframe in the primary carrier The positions of the frames are the same.
在本发明的又一可选的实施例中, 改动空口协议。 相应地, 第一交互模 块 82 用于: 所述第二实体根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模 式与所述 UE交互数据。 In yet another alternative embodiment of the invention, the air interface protocol is modified. Correspondingly, the first interaction module 82 is configured to: the second entity interacts with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the indication of the another entity.
可选地, 在下行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为下行数据; Optionally, in the scenario of the downlink CA, the data is downlink data.
第一交互模块 82包括: The first interaction module 82 includes:
第四接收单元, 用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据; 第四发送单元, 用于将所述下行数据按照所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 a fourth receiving unit, configured to receive the downlink data from the another entity, where the fourth sending unit is configured to send the downlink data to the UE according to the second duplex mode.
可选地, 该实体 800还包括: 接收模块, 用于接收所述 UE按照所述第二 双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 Optionally, the entity 800 further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive, by the UE, an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data that is sent according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
作为替代地,所述 UE也可以按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向另一实 体发送的针对所述下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。在此场景下, 由于 TDD模式的 反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的子帧 都能用于下行发送数据, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二 双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第四发送单元采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发 送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相 同。 Alternatively, the UE may also send an uplink HARQ indication for the downlink data to another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for downlink transmission data, and therefore, when the first duplex mode is TDD a mode, where the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the fourth sending unit sends the downlink data by using a part of downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, where the location of the part of the downlink subframe and the downlink of the primary carrier The positions of the frames are the same.
可选地, 在上行 CA的场景中, 所述数据为上行数据;
第一交互模块 82包括: Optionally, in the scenario of the uplink CA, the data is uplink data. The first interaction module 82 includes:
第五接收单元, 用于从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调 制后上行数据; a fifth receiving unit, configured to receive, from the UE, uplink data that is modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode;
第五发送单元, 用于将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调 后发送给所述另一实体。 And a fifth sending unit, configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send the uplink data to the another entity.
可选地, 该实体 800还包括: Optionally, the entity 800 further includes:
发送模块,用于按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所 述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 And a sending module, configured to send, to the UE, a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
作为替代地, 也可以由另一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向 所述 UE发送针对所述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 在此场景下, 由于 TDD模 式的反馈时序和 FDD模式的反馈时序不同, 且 TDD模式的载波中不是所有的 子帧都能用于上行接收, 因此, 当所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二 双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第五接收单元采用辅载波中的部分上行子帧接 收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的上行子帧的位置相 同。 Alternatively, the downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data may also be sent to the UE by another entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. In this scenario, since the feedback timing of the TDD mode and the feedback timing of the FDD mode are different, not all subframes in the TDD mode carrier can be used for uplink reception. Therefore, when the first duplex mode is the TDD mode. When the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the fifth receiving unit receives the uplink data by using a partial uplink subframe in the secondary carrier, where the location of the partial uplink subframe and the uplink subframe in the primary carrier The same location.
其中, 位置相同的子帧是指在同一个 TTI中子帧号相同的子帧。 The subframes with the same position refer to the subframes with the same subframe number in the same TTI.
在上述各实施例的基础上, 若 CA无需占用辅载波的全部资源, 辅载波上 的其它资源还可以供接入所述辅载波小区的 UE使用。可选地, 该实体 800还 包括: 第二确定模块, 用于确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; On the basis of the foregoing embodiments, if the CA does not need to occupy all resources of the secondary carrier, other resources on the secondary carrier may also be used by the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell. Optionally, the entity 800 further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine a CA occupation resource in the secondary carrier;
第一交互模块 82具体用于: 根据所述另一实体的指示, 通过所述辅载波 中的 CA占用资源与所述 UE交互数据。 The first interaction module 82 is specifically configured to: interact with the UE by using a CA occupying resource in the secondary carrier according to the indication of the another entity.
可选地, 所述第二确定模块具体用于: Optionally, the second determining module is specifically configured to:
与所述另一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, Determining, in cooperation with the another entity, that the CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources; or
根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
为了提高辅载波的频谱资源利用率, 可选地, 该实体 800还包括: 第二交互模块,用于通过所述辅载波中除所述 CA占用资源之外的其它资 源与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 In order to improve the spectrum resource utilization of the secondary carrier, the entity 800 further includes: a second interaction module, configured to access, by using the secondary carrier, other resources than the CA to occupy resources UE interaction data of the carrier cell.
由于 TDD模式的载波中每个子帧无法既用于上行, 又用于下行, 可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; The first duplex mode is the FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, because each of the carriers in the TDD mode cannot be used for both the uplink and the downlink.
第二交互模块 82通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据
时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, The second interaction module 82 sends data to the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier. The uplink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or
第二交互模块 82通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据 时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the second interaction module 82 receives data from the UE by using the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframe and the special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
本发明实施例八提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 8 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 9为本发明实施例九提供的一种 UE 900的结构示意图。 如图 9所示, UE 900包括: FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE 900 according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the UE 900 includes:
确定模块 91, 用于确定 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区; 所述主载波小 区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述 第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; a determining module 91, configured to determine a primary carrier cell and a secondary carrier cell of the CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, the first pair The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
交互模块 92, 用于与第一实体交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所述第 一实体交互第二数据; 所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第二实 体用于控制所述辅载波小区。 The interaction module 92 is configured to exchange the first data with the first entity, and interact with the first entity by using the second entity, where the second entity is used to control the primary carrier cell, the second entity Used to control the secondary carrier cell.
可选地, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 Optionally, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode; or the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
通常, 用于控制主载波小区的第一实体在 UE接入主载波小区后, 将辅载 波对应的频点通知发送给所述 UE。 相应地, 确定模块 91具体用于: Generally, after the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity for controlling the primary carrier cell sends a frequency notification corresponding to the secondary carrier wave to the UE. Accordingly, the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
在 UE 900接入所述主载波小区后, 从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区 对应的辅载波对应的频点的信息。 After the UE 900 accesses the primary carrier cell, the information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is received from the first entity.
可选地, 确定模块 91具体用于: 从所述第一实体接收 RRC重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 Optionally, the determining module 91 is specifically configured to: receive an RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information about the frequency point.
可选地, 交互模块 92包括: Optionally, the interaction module 92 includes:
第一交互单元, 用于按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一 数据; a first interaction unit, configured to exchange the first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode;
第二交互单元, 用于按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一 实体交互第二数据。 And a second interaction unit, configured to exchange the second data with the first entity by using the second entity according to the second duplex mode.
在下行 CA的场景中, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; In the scenario of the downlink CA, the second data is the second downlink data;
所述第二交互单元具体用于: 从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照 所述第二双工模式进行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第 二实体从所述第一实体接收的。
可选地, UE 900还包括: The second interaction unit is configured to: receive, by the second entity, second downlink data that is modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode, where the second downlink data is the The second entity receives from the first entity. Optionally, the UE 900 further includes:
发送模块, 用于按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发 送针对所述第二下行数据的上行 HARQ指示。 And a sending module, configured to send, to the second entity, an uplink HARQ indication for the second downlink data according to a feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
在上行 CA的场景中, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; In the scenario of the uplink CA, the second data is the second uplink data;
所述第二交互单元具体用于: 将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上 行数据发送给所述第二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解 调后, 被所述第二实体发送给所述第一实体。 The second interaction unit is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data that is modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, where the modulated second uplink data is solved by the second entity After being adjusted, the second entity is sent to the first entity.
可选地, UE 900还包括: Optionally, the UE 900 further includes:
接收模块, 用于接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发 送的、 针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, 用于接收所述第一实 体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第二上行数据的 下行 HARQ指示。 a receiving module, configured to receive a downlink HARQ indication that is sent by the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode, for the second uplink data, or a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data that is sent by the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
本发明实施例九提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和 频谱资源利用率。 Embodiment 9 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and spectrum resource utilization.
图 10为本发明提供的一种载波聚合系统 100实施例的结构示意图。如图 7所示, 系统实施例包括: 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13。 FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a carrier aggregation system 100 according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the system embodiment includes: an entity 11, another entity 12, and a UE 13.
在一种可选的场景中, 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13分别为本发明实施 例四所述的实体 400、 另一实体和 UE。 In an optional scenario, the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 400, another entity, and the UE according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
在又一种可选的场景中, 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13分别为本发明实 施例五所述的实体 500、 另一实体和 UE。 In still another optional scenario, the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 500, another entity, and the UE according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
在又一种可选的场景中, 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13分别为本发明实 施例六所述的第一实体、 第二实体和 UE 600。 In another optional scenario, the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the first entity, the second entity, and the UE 600 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
在又一种可选的场景中, 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13分别为本发明实 施例七所述的实体 700、 另一实体和 UE。 In still another optional scenario, the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 700, another entity, and the UE according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention.
在又一种可选的场景中, 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13分别为本发明实 施例八所述的实体 800、 另一实体和 UE。 In still another optional scenario, the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the entity 800, another entity, and the UE described in Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
在又一种可选的场景中, 实体 11、 另一实体 12和 UE13分别为本发明实 施例九所述的第一实体、 第二实体和 UE 900。 In still another optional scenario, the entity 11, the another entity 12, and the UE 13 are respectively the first entity, the second entity, and the UE 900 according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
本发明实施例十提供了一种异制式载波 CA的解决方案,提高了吞吐率和
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤 可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成, 前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读 取存储介质中, 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤; 而前述 的存储介质包括: R0M、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。 Embodiment 10 of the present invention provides a solution of a heterogeneous carrier CA, which improves throughput and A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to program instructions, and the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed. The steps of the foregoing method embodiments are included; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。
Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.
Claims
1、 一种载波聚合方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A carrier aggregation method, characterized by including:
第一实体确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区; 所述第一实体用于控制所述 CA 的主载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 所述第一实体与用户设备 UE 交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据; 所述第二实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。 The first entity determines the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the first entity is used to control the primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in the first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is the second A cell in duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE to exchange first data, and interacts with the UE through the second entity to exchange second data ; The second entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一实体与用户设 备 UE交互第一数据之前, 还包括: 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, before the first entity interacts with the user equipment UE to interact with the first data, it further includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的频率范围有重叠; The first entity determines the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, wherein the frequency range corresponding to the secondary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点; 将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述第二实体按 照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 Determine the frequency point corresponding to the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode; notify the UE of the frequency point, and the frequency point is used by the UE and the second entity according to the The first duplex mode exchanges data.
3、 根据权利要求 2 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第一 下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 3. The method according to claim 2, wherein the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data;
所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: 所述第一实体按照 所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第一下行数 据发送给所述 UE ; The first entity exchanges the first data with the user equipment UE, including: the first entity modulates the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and generates the modulated first downlink data. Sent to the UE;
所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: The interaction of second data with the UE through the second entity includes:
所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调制, 并 将调制后的第二下行数据通过所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 或者, 所述第一 实体将第二下行数据提供给所述第二实体按照所述第一双工模式进行调制, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述第二实体 与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 The first entity modulates the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated second downlink data to the UE through the second entity; or, the first The entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE; wherein, the second entity The interaction with the UE is within the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
4、 根据权利要求 2 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第一 上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 4. The method according to claim 2, wherein the first data is first uplink data, and the second data is second uplink data;
所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: 所述第一实体从所 述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第一上行数据; 所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: 所述第一实体从所
述第二实体接收由所述 UE 按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第二上行数 据, 所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE发送给所述第二实体的; 其中, 所 述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 The first entity exchanges first data with user equipment UE, including: the first entity receives from the UE first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode; The second entity exchanges second data with the UE, including: the first entity obtains The second entity receives the second uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the second entity; wherein, The interaction between the second entity and the UE is within the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
5、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一实体与用户 设备 UE交互第一数据之前, 还包括: 5. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, before the first entity interacts with the user equipment (UE) with the first data, it further includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波的频率范围在所述第 二双工模式下对应的频点; The first entity determines the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell and the corresponding frequency point in the second duplex mode;
将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述第二实体按 照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 The frequency point is notified to the UE, and the frequency point is used for the UE and the second entity to exchange data according to the second duplex mode.
6、 根据权利要求 5 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第一 下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 6. The method according to claim 5, wherein the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data;
所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: The first entity interacts with the user equipment UE first data, including:
所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并 将调制后的第一下行数据发送给所述 UE; The first entity modulates the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and sends the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: The interaction of second data with the UE through the second entity includes:
所述第一实体将第二下行数据提供给所述第二实体按照第二双工模式 进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述第二实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述第二实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 After the first entity provides the second downlink data to the second entity for modulation according to the second duplex mode, the modulated second downlink data is sent by the second entity to the UE; wherein, The interaction between the second entity and the UE is within the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
7、 根据权利要求 5 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第一 上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 7. The method according to claim 5, wherein the first data is first uplink data, and the second data is second uplink data;
所述第一实体与用户设备 UE交互第一数据, 包括: The first entity interacts with the user equipment UE first data, including:
所述第一实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的 第一上行数据; The first entity receives from the UE first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
所述通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据, 包括: The interaction of second data with the UE through the second entity includes:
所述第一实体从所述第二实体接收第二上行数据,所述第二上行数据是 所述第二实体在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式调制后的 第二上行数据解调后发送的。 The first entity receives second uplink data from the second entity, and the second uplink data is the modulated data received by the second entity from the UE and modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode. The second uplink data is demodulated and sent.
8、 根据权利要求 3或 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述通过第二实 体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后, 还包括: 8. The method according to claim 3 or 6, characterized in that, after the second data is exchanged with the UE through the second entity, it further includes:
所述第一实体接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、
针对所述第二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 The first entity receives the information sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. An uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data.
9、 根据权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模式为时 分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体 采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述第二下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的 位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 9. The method according to claim 8, characterized in that when the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, the second entity The second downlink data is transmitted using part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, and the location of the part of the downlink subframes is the same as the location of the downlink subframes in the primary carrier.
10、 根据权利要求 4或 7所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述通过第二实 体与所述 UE交互第二数据之后, 还包括: 10. The method according to claim 4 or 7, characterized in that, after the second data is exchanged with the UE through the second entity, it further includes:
所述第一实体按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所 述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 The first entity sends a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data to the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
1 1、 根据权利要求 10所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模式为 11. The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the first duplex mode is
TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载波中的 部分上行子帧接收所述第二上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中 的上行子帧的位置相同。 TDD mode, when the second duplex mode is the FDD mode, the second entity uses part of the uplink subframes in the secondary carrier to receive the second uplink data, and the position of the part of the uplink subframes is consistent with that of the main carrier. The positions of the uplink subframes are the same.
12、 根据权利要求 3、 6或 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述通过第二实 体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 还包括: 12. The method according to claim 3, 6 or 8, characterized in that, before exchanging the second data with the UE through the second entity, it further includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源,所述辅载波中的下 行 CA占用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据,且不用于所述第二实体与接入所 述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 The first entity determines that the downlink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are used to send the second downlink data and are not used for the second entity to access the second entity. UE interaction data of the secondary carrier cell.
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一实体确定所述 辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 包括: 13. The method according to claim 12, wherein the first entity determines that the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources, including:
所述第一实体与所述第二实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资 源; 或者, The first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine the downlink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier; or,
所述第一实体根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 The first entity determines the resources occupied by the downlink CA in the secondary carrier according to the preconfiguration.
14、 根据权利要求 12或 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模 式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式时, 所述通过第二实体与所述14. The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that when the first duplex mode is FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is TDD mode, the second entity and the
UE交互第二数据之前, 还包括: Before the UE exchanges the second data, it also includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA 占用资源用于发送所述第二 下行数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the first entity determines that the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources for sending the second downlink data, the uplink subframe and special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
15、 根据权利要求 4、 7或 10所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述通过第二 实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 还包括:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 并调度所述 UE通 过所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源发送所述第二上行数据,所述辅载波中的 上行 CA占用资源不用于所述第二实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 15. The method according to claim 4, 7 or 10, characterized in that, before exchanging the second data with the UE through the second entity, the method further includes: The first entity determines the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, and schedules the UE to send the second uplink data through the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier. The uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier The resources are not used for the second entity to exchange data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一实体确定所述 辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源, 包括: 16. The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the first entity determines that the uplink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources, including:
所述第一实体与所述第二实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资 源; 或者, The first entity negotiates with the second entity to determine the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier; or,
所述第一实体根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 The first entity determines the resources occupied by the uplink CA in the secondary carrier according to the preconfiguration.
17、 根据权利要求 15或 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模 式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式时, 所述通 过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 还包括: 17. The method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that when the first duplex mode is frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is time division duplex TDD mode, the pass Before the second entity interacts the second data with the UE, it also includes:
所述第一实体确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA 占用资源用于接收所述第二 上行数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the first entity determines that the uplink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources for receiving the second uplink data, the downlink subframe and special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
18、根据权利要求 2〜17中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述将所述频 点通知给所述 UE , 包括: 18. The method according to any one of claims 2 to 17, characterized in that: notifying the UE of the frequency point includes:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 所述第一实体向所述 UE发送无线资 源控制 RRC重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the primary carrier cell, the first entity sends a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message to the UE, where the RRC reconfiguration message carries information about the frequency point.
19、 根据权利要求 广 18 中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 实体确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区, 包括: 19. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 18, characterized in that the first entity determines the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, including:
所述第一实体在运营支撑系统 0SS配置的小区集合中, 选择所述 CA的 辅载波小区, 所述小区集合包括至少一个第二双工模式的小区。 The first entity selects the secondary carrier cell of the CA from a cell set configured by the operation support system OSS, and the cell set includes at least one cell in the second duplex mode.
20、 一种载波聚合方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 20. A carrier aggregation method, characterized by including:
第二实体确定载波聚合 CA 的主载波小区; 所述第二实体用于控制所述 CA 的辅载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 根据第一实体的指示与用户设备 UE 交互数据; 所述第一实体用于控制 所述 CA的主载波小区。 The second entity determines the primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the second entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in the first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is the second A cell in duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; exchange data with the user equipment UE according to the instructions of the first entity; the first entity is used to control the main carrier of the CA community.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据第一实体的指 示与用户设备 UE交互数据, 包括: 21. The method according to claim 20, wherein the exchanging data with the user equipment UE according to the instruction of the first entity includes:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述
UE交互数据。 The second entity, according to the instruction of the first entity, operates in accordance with the first duplex mode and the UE interaction data.
22、 根据权利要求 21所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述数据为下行数据; 所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: 22. The method according to claim 21, characterized in that: the data is downlink data; the second entity exchanges data with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the instruction of the first entity. , include:
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收由所述第一实体按照第一双工模式调 制后的下行数据,将所述按照第一双工模式调制后的下行数据发送给所述 UE; 或者, The second entity receives the downlink data modulated by the first entity according to a first duplex mode from the first entity, and sends the downlink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the UE; or,
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收所述下行数据, 将所述下行数据按照 第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, modulates the downlink data according to the first duplex mode and sends it to the UE.
23、 根据权利要求 21所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述数据为上行数据; 所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: 23. The method according to claim 21, characterized in that: the data is uplink data; the second entity exchanges data with the UE according to the first duplex mode according to the instruction of the first entity. , include:
所述第二实体从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上 行数据; The second entity receives from the UE the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发送给所述第一实体。 Send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the first entity.
24、 根据权利要求 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二实体根据第一 实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据, 包括: 24. The method according to claim 20, characterized in that the second entity interacts data with the user equipment UE according to the instructions of the first entity, including:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 The second entity exchanges data with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the instruction of the first entity.
25、根据权利要求 24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据为下行数据; 所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: 25. The method according to claim 24, characterized in that the data is downlink data; the second entity exchanges data with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the instruction of the first entity. , include:
所述第二实体从所述第一实体接收所述下行数据, 将所述下行数据按照 所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 The second entity receives the downlink data from the first entity, modulates the downlink data according to the second duplex mode and sends it to the UE.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二实体根据所 述第一实体的指示,按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据之后,还包括: 所述第二实体接收所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针 对所述下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 26. The method according to claim 25, characterized in that, after the second entity exchanges data with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the instruction of the first entity, it further includes: The second entity receives an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the downlink data sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
27、 根据权利要求 22或 25所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工 模式为时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式时, 所述
第二实体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子 帧的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 27. The method according to claim 22 or 25, characterized in that when the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, the The second entity uses part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier to send the downlink data, and the location of the part of the downlink subframes is the same as the location of the downlink subframes in the primary carrier.
28、根据权利要求 24所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述数据为上行数据; 所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据, 包括: 28. The method according to claim 24, characterized in that: the data is uplink data; the second entity exchanges data with the UE according to the second duplex mode according to the instruction of the first entity. , include:
所述第二实体从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调制后上 行数据; The second entity receives uplink data from the UE modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode;
将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调后发送给所述第一实 体。 The uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode is demodulated and sent to the first entity.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二实体接收所 述 UE发送的按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据之后, 还包括: 29. The method according to claim 28, wherein after the second entity receives the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode sent by the UE, it further includes:
所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE 发送针对所 述上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 The second entity sends a downlink HARQ indication for the uplink data to the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
30、 根据权利要求 23或 28所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工 模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述第二实体采用辅载 波中的部分上行子帧接收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波 中的上行子帧的位置相同。 30. The method according to claim 23 or 28, characterized in that, when the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the second entity uses Part of the uplink subframe receives the uplink data, and the position of the part of the uplink subframe is the same as the position of the uplink subframe in the main carrier.
31、 根据权利要求 20〜30中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据第 一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据之前, 还包括: 31. The method according to any one of claims 20 to 30, characterized in that, before exchanging data with the user equipment UE according to the instructions of the first entity, it further includes:
所述第二实体确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; The second entity determines the resources occupied by the CA in the secondary carrier;
所述根据第一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据, 包括: The exchanging data with the user equipment UE according to the instruction of the first entity includes:
所述第二实体根据所述第一实体的指示,通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资 源与所述 UE交互数据。 The second entity exchanges data with the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier according to the instruction of the first entity.
32、 根据权利要求 31所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二实体确定辅 载波中的 CA占用资源, 包括: 32. The method according to claim 31, wherein the second entity determines the resources occupied by the CA in the secondary carrier, including:
所述第二实体与所述第一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, 所述第二实体根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 The second entity negotiates with the first entity to determine the resources occupied by the CA in the secondary carrier; or, the second entity determines the resources occupied by the CA in the secondary carrier according to the preconfiguration.
33、 根据权利要求 31或 32所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中除所述 CA 占用资源之外的其它资源与 接入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。
33. The method according to claim 31 or 32, further comprising: the second entity accessing the secondary carrier cell through other resources in the secondary carrier except the resources occupied by the CA. UE interaction data.
34、 根据权利要求 32 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; 34. The method according to claim 32, characterized in that, the first duplex mode is FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is TDD mode;
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据时, 所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, When the second entity sends data to the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or,
所述第二实体通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据时, 所述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the second entity receives data from the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframes and special subframes in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
35、 根据权利要求 20〜34中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二实 体确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区, 包括: 35. The method according to any one of claims 20 to 34, wherein the second entity determines the main carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, including:
所述第二实体根据运营支撑系统 0SS的配置,确定载波聚合 CA的主载波 小区。 The second entity determines the main carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the configuration of the operation support system OSS.
36、 根据权利要求 20〜35中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双 工模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模 式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 36. The method according to any one of claims 20 to 35, characterized in that, the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a TDD mode; or, the first duplex mode The mode is TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is FDD mode.
37、 一种载波聚合方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 37. A carrier aggregation method, characterized by including:
用户设备 UE确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区; 所述主载波 小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所 述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; The user equipment UE determines the primary carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in the first duplex mode, the secondary carrier cell is a cell in the second duplex mode, and the first duplex cell The mode is different from the second duplex mode;
所述 UE与第一实体交互第一数据,并通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互 第二数据;所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第二实体用于控制 所述辅载波小区。 The UE exchanges first data with a first entity, and exchanges second data with the first entity through a second entity; the first entity is used to control the main carrier cell, and the second entity is used to control The secondary carrier cell.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE与第一实体交 互第一数据, 包括: 38. The method according to claim 37, characterized in that the UE and the first entity interact with the first data, including:
所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一数据; 所述通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据, 包括: The UE exchanges first data with the first entity according to the first duplex mode; the exchange of second data with the first entity through the second entity includes:
按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据。 According to the second duplex mode, the second data is exchanged with the first entity through the second entity.
39、 (下行)根据权利要求 38所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二数据 为第二下行数据; 39. (Downlink) The method according to claim 38, characterized in that the second data is second downlink data;
所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数 据, 包括: The exchange of second data with the first entity through the second entity according to the second duplex mode includes:
所述 UE 从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式进
行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第二实体从所述第一实 体接收的。 The UE receives from the second entity and is processed by the second entity according to the second duplex mode. The second downlink data after line modulation is received by the second entity from the first entity.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述按照所述第二双工 模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据之后, 还包括: 40. The method according to claim 39, characterized in that, after exchanging the second data with the first entity through the second entity according to the second duplex mode, it further includes:
所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发送针对所 述第二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 The UE sends an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ indication for the second downlink data to the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
41、 (上行)根据权利要求 38所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二数据 为第二上行数据; 41. (Uplink) The method according to claim 38, characterized in that the second data is second uplink data;
所述按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数 据, 包括: The exchange of second data with the first entity through the second entity according to the second duplex mode includes:
所述 UE 将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据发送给所述第 二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解调后, 被所述第二实 体发送给所述第一实体。 The UE sends the second uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity. After the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity, it is demodulated by the third entity. The second entity sends it to the first entity.
42、 根据权利要求 41所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述按照所述第二双工 模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据之后, 还包括: 42. The method according to claim 41, characterized in that, after exchanging the second data with the first entity through the second entity according to the second duplex mode, it further includes:
所述 UE接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针 对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, The UE receives the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data sent by the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode; or,
所述 UE 接收所述第一实体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送 的、 针对所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 The UE receives the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data sent by the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
43、 根据权利要求 37〜42中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设 备 UE确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区, 包括: 43. The method according to any one of claims 37 to 42, wherein the user equipment UE determines the main carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA, including:
所述 UE在接入所述主载波小区后,从所述第一实体接收所述辅载波小区 对应的辅载波对应的频点的信息。 After accessing the primary carrier cell, the UE receives, from the first entity, information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell.
44、 根据权利要求 43所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述从所述第一实体接 收所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波对应的频点的信息, 包括: 44. The method according to claim 43, wherein the receiving from the first entity the information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier cell corresponding to the secondary carrier cell includes:
所述 UE从所述第一实体接收无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息,所述 RRC重 配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 The UE receives a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message from the first entity, and the RRC reconfiguration message carries information about the frequency point.
45、 根据权利要求 37〜44中任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一双 工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。
45. The method according to any one of claims 37 to 44, wherein the first duplex mode is frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is time division duplex TDD mode; or , the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the FDD mode.
46、 一种实体, 其特征在于, 包括: 46. An entity characterized by: including:
处理器, 用于确定载波聚合 CA的辅载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA 的主载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 发射器和接收器, 用于与用户设备 UE 交互第一数据, 并通过另一实 体与所述 UE交互第二数据;所述另一实体用于控制所述 CA的辅载波小区。 The processor is configured to determine the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the entity is configured to control the primary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is a cell in the first duplex mode, and the secondary carrier cell is the second A cell in duplex mode, the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; a transmitter and a receiver, used to interact with the user equipment UE for the first data, and to interact with the UE through another entity Second data: the other entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA.
47、 根据权利要求 46所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还用于: 在与用户设备 UE交互第一数据之前,确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载 波的频率范围, 其中, 所述辅载波对应的频率范围与所述第一双工模式的 频率范围有重叠; 47. The entity according to claim 46, wherein the processor is further configured to: before interacting with the user equipment UE to interact with the first data, determine the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell, wherein, The frequency range corresponding to the auxiliary carrier overlaps with the frequency range of the first duplex mode;
确定所述重叠的频率范围在所述第一双工模式下对应的频点; 所述发射器还用于, 将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE与所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式交互数据。 Determine the frequency point corresponding to the overlapping frequency range in the first duplex mode; the transmitter is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, and the frequency point is used for the communication between the UE and The other entity exchanges data according to the first duplex mode.
48、 根据权利要求 47所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第 一下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 48. The entity according to claim 47, wherein the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data;
所述发射器具体用于: The transmitter is specifically used for:
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 一下行数据发送给所述 UE; Modulate the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第二下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 二下行数据通过所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 或者, 所述第一实体将第二下 行数据提供给所述另一实体按照所述第一双工模式进行调制, 调制后的第二 下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之 间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Modulate the second downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated second downlink data to the UE through the other entity; or, the first entity transmits the second downlink data to the UE through the other entity. The data is provided to the other entity for modulation according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second downlink data is sent to the UE by the other entity; wherein, the relationship between the other entity and the UE The interaction between them is within the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
49、 根据权利要求 47所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第 一上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 49. The entity according to claim 47, wherein the first data is first uplink data, and the second data is second uplink data;
所述接收器具体用于: The receiver is specifically used for:
从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第一上行 数据; Receive from the UE the first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode;
从所述另一实体接收由所述 UE 按照所述第一双工模式进行调制后的第 二上行数据, 所述调制后的第二上行数据是所述 UE发送给所述另一实体的;
其中, 所述另一实体与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 Receive from the other entity second uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode, and the modulated second uplink data is sent by the UE to the other entity; Wherein, the interaction between the other entity and the UE is within the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
50、 根据权利要求 46所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还用于: 在与用户设备 UE交互第一数据之前,确定所述辅载波小区对应的辅载 波的频率范围在所述第二双工模式下对应的频点; 50. The entity according to claim 46, characterized in that, the processor is further configured to: before interacting with the user equipment UE with the first data, determine that the frequency range of the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell is within the range of the secondary carrier cell. The corresponding frequency point in the second duplex mode;
所述发射器还用于将所述频点通知给所述 UE , 所述频点用于所述 UE 与所述另一实体按照所述第二双工模式交互数据。 The transmitter is further configured to notify the UE of the frequency point, which is used for the UE to exchange data with the other entity according to the second duplex mode.
51、 根据权利要求 50所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第 一下行数据, 所述第二数据为第二下行数据; 51. The entity according to claim 50, wherein the first data is first downlink data, and the second data is second downlink data;
所述发射器具体用于: The transmitter is specifically used for:
按照所述第一双工模式对所述第一下行数据进行调制, 并将调制后的第 一下行数据发送给所述 UE; Modulate the first downlink data according to the first duplex mode, and send the modulated first downlink data to the UE;
将第二下行数据提供给所述另一实体按照第二双工模式进行调制后, 调制后的第二下行数据由所述另一实体发送给所述 UE; 其中, 所述另一实体 与所述 UE之间的交互在所述频点对应的频率范围内。 After the second downlink data is provided to the other entity for modulation according to the second duplex mode, the modulated second downlink data is sent by the other entity to the UE; wherein, the other entity and the The interaction between the UEs is within the frequency range corresponding to the frequency point.
52、 根据权利要求 50所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一数据为第 一上行数据, 所述第二数据为第二上行数据; 52. The entity according to claim 50, wherein the first data is first uplink data, and the second data is second uplink data;
所述接收器具体用于: The receiver is specifically used for:
从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制后的第一上行数 据; Receive first uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode from the UE;
从所述另一实体接收第二上行数据,所述第二上行数据是所述另一实体 在将从所述 UE接收的由所述 UE按照第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据 解调后发送的。 Receive second uplink data from the other entity. The second uplink data is the second uplink data received by the other entity from the UE and modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode. Sent after adjustment.
53、 根据权利要求 48或 51所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述接收器还 用于, 接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述第 二下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 53. The entity according to claim 48 or 51, wherein the receiver is further configured to receive the second downlink data sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode. The upstream Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request HARQ indication.
54、 根据权利要求 53所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模式为 时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式时, 所述另一实 体采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述第二下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧 的位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 54. The entity according to claim 53, characterized in that, when the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, the other entity The second downlink data is transmitted using part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier, and the location of the part of the downlink subframes is the same as the location of the downlink subframes in the primary carrier.
55、 根据权利要求 49或 52所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述发射器还
用于, 按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE发送针对所述第二上行 数据的下行 HARQ指示。 55. The entity according to claim 49 or 52, characterized in that the transmitter further and be configured to send a downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data to the UE according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
56、 根据权利要求 55所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述另一实体采用辅载波中的 部分上行子帧接收所述第二上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中 的上行子帧的位置相同。 56. The entity according to claim 55, wherein the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the other entity uses part of the uplink in the auxiliary carrier. The second uplink data is received in a subframe, and the position of the part of the uplink subframe is the same as the position of the uplink subframe in the main carrier.
57、 根据权利要求 46、 51或 53所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器还用于: 57. The entity according to claim 46, 51 or 53, characterized in that the processor is also used for:
在所述发射器和接收器通过第二实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前,确 定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源, 所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源用于 发送所述第二下行数据, 且不用于所述第二实体与接入所述辅载波小区的 UE 交互数据。 Before the transmitter and the receiver interact with the second data with the UE through the second entity, determine the downlink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, and the downlink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are used to send the first The second downlink data is not used for the second entity to exchange data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
58、 根据权利要求 57所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还具体 用于: 58. The entity according to claim 57, characterized in that the processor is further specifically used for:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源; 或者, 根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的下行 CA占用资源。 Negotiate with the other entity to determine the resources occupied by the downlink CA in the secondary carrier; or determine the resources occupied by the downlink CA in the secondary carrier according to pre-configuration.
59、 根据权利要求 57或 58所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工 模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式时, 所述处理器还用于: 在通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的下 行 CA占用资源用于发送所述第二下行数据时,所述辅载波中的上行子帧和特 殊子帧不可用。 59. The entity according to claim 57 or 58, characterized in that, when the first duplex mode is the FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the TDD mode, the processor is further configured to: Before another entity exchanges the second data with the UE, it is determined that the uplink subframe and special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable when the downlink CA in the secondary carrier occupies resources for sending the second downlink data. .
60、 根据权利要求 49、 52或 55所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器还用于: 60. The entity according to claim 49, 52 or 55, characterized in that the processor is also used for:
在通过另一实体与所述 UE交互第二数据之前, 确定所述辅载波中的上 行 CA占用资源,并调度所述 UE通过所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源发送所 述第二上行数据,所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源不用于所述另一实体与接 入所述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 Before exchanging the second data with the UE through another entity, determine the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, and schedule the UE to send the second uplink data through the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier. , the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier are not used for the other entity to exchange data with the UE accessing the secondary carrier cell.
61、 根据权利要求 60所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还具体 用于: 61. The entity according to claim 60, characterized in that the processor is further specifically used for:
与所述另一实体协商确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源; 或者,
根据预先配置确定所述辅载波中的上行 CA占用资源。 Negotiate with the other entity to determine the uplink CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier; or, The resources occupied by the uplink CA in the secondary carrier are determined according to the pre-configuration.
62、 根据权利要求 60或 61所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工 模式为 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 TDD模式时, 所述处理器确定所述辅 载波中的上行 CA占用资源用于接收所述第二上行数据时,所述辅载波中的下 行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 62. The entity according to claim 60 or 61, characterized in that, when the first duplex mode is an FDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is a TDD mode, the processor determines that the auxiliary carrier is When the uplink CA occupies resources for receiving the second uplink data, the downlink subframes and special subframes in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
63、 根据权利要求 46〜62中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述发射 器具体用于: 63. The entity according to any one of claims 46 to 62, characterized in that the transmitter is specifically used for:
在所述 UE接入所述主载波小区后, 向所述 UE发送无线资源控制 RRC重 配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置消息携带所述频点的信息。 After the UE accesses the main carrier cell, a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message is sent to the UE, and the RRC reconfiguration message carries the information of the frequency point.
64、 根据权利要求 46〜63中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器具体用于: 64. The entity according to any one of claims 46 to 63, characterized in that the processor is specifically used for:
在运营支撑系统 0SS配置的小区集合中, 选择所述 CA的辅载波小区, 所述小区集合包括至少一个第二双工模式的小区。 In the cell set configured by the operation support system OSS, the secondary carrier cell of the CA is selected, and the cell set includes at least one cell in the second duplex mode.
65、 根据权利要求 46〜64中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述实体 为基站。 65. The entity according to any one of claims 46 to 64, characterized in that the entity is a base station.
66、 一种实体, 其特征在于, 包括: 66. An entity characterized by:
处理器, 用于确定载波聚合 CA 的主载波小区; 所述实体用于控制所述 CA 的辅载波小区, 所述主载波小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小 区为第二双工模式的小区, 所述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同; 发射器和接收器,用于根据另一实体的指示与用户设备 UE交互数据; 所 述另一实体用于控制所述 CA的主载波小区。 The processor is used to determine the primary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell of the CA, the primary carrier cell is the first duplex mode cell, and the secondary carrier cell is the second A cell in a duplex mode, where the first duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; a transmitter and a receiver, configured to exchange data with the user equipment UE according to instructions from another entity; the other entity uses for controlling the primary carrier cell of the CA.
67、 根据权利要求 66所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述发射器和接收器, 具体用于: 67. The entity according to claim 66, characterized in that the transmitter and receiver are specifically used for:
根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第一双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 According to the instruction of the other entity, data is exchanged with the UE according to the first duplex mode.
68、 根据权利要求 67所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述数据为下行数据; 所述接收器具体用于从所述另一实体接收由所述另一实体按照第一双工 模式调制后的下行数据, 所述发射器具体用于将所述按照第一双工模式调制 后的下行数据发送给所述 UE ; 或者, 68. The entity according to claim 67, characterized in that: the data is downlink data; the receiver is specifically configured to receive from the other entity modulated by the other entity according to the first duplex mode. The downlink data, the transmitter is specifically configured to send the downlink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the UE; or,
所述接收器具体用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据, 所述发射器具 体用于将所述下行数据按照第一双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。
The receiver is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the other entity, and the transmitter is specifically configured to modulate the downlink data according to a first duplex mode and send it to the UE.
69、 根据权利要求 67所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述数据为上行数据; 所述接收器具体用于从所述 UE接收所述 UE按照所述第一双工模式调制 后的上行数据; 69. The entity according to claim 67, characterized in that: the data is uplink data; the receiver is specifically configured to receive from the UE the uplink data modulated by the UE according to the first duplex mode. ;
所述发射器具体用于将所述按照所述第一双工模式调制后的上行数据发 送给所述另一实体。 The transmitter is specifically configured to send the uplink data modulated according to the first duplex mode to the other entity.
70、 根据权利要求 66所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述发射器和接收器, 具体用于: 70. The entity according to claim 66, characterized in that the transmitter and receiver are specifically used for:
根据所述另一实体的指示, 按照所述第二双工模式与所述 UE交互数据。 According to the instruction of the other entity, data is exchanged with the UE according to the second duplex mode.
71、 根据权利要求 70所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述数据为下行数据; 所述接收器具体用于从所述另一实体接收所述下行数据, 所述发射器具 体用于将所述下行数据按照所述第二双工模式调制后发送给所述 UE。 71. The entity according to claim 70, characterized in that: the data is downlink data; the receiver is specifically configured to receive the downlink data from the other entity, and the transmitter is specifically configured to transmit the downlink data. The downlink data is modulated according to the second duplex mode and then sent to the UE.
72、 根据权利要求 71所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述接收器还用于, 接 收所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、针对所述下行数据的上 行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 72. The entity according to claim 71, characterized in that the receiver is further configured to receive the uplink hybrid automatic transmission of the downlink data sent by the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. Retransmission request HARQ indication.
73、 根据权利要求 68或 71所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模 式为时分双工 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式时, 所述发 射器采用辅载波中的部分下行子帧发送所述下行数据, 所述部分下行子帧的 位置与主载波中的下行子帧的位置相同。 73. The entity according to claim 68 or 71, characterized in that, when the first duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, the transmitting The device uses part of the downlink subframes in the secondary carrier to send the downlink data, and the location of the part of the downlink subframes is the same as the location of the downlink subframes in the main carrier.
74、 根据权利要求 70所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述数据为上行数据; 所述接收器具体用于从所述 UE接收由所述 UE按照所述第二双工模式调 制后上行数据; 74. The entity according to claim 70, characterized in that: the data is uplink data; the receiver is specifically configured to receive uplink data modulated by the UE according to the second duplex mode from the UE. ;
所述发射器具体用于将所述按照所述第二双工模式调制后上行数据解调 后发送给所述另一实体。 The transmitter is specifically configured to demodulate the uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode and send it to the other entity.
75、 根据权利要求 74所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述发射器还用于, 按 照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序向所述 UE 发送针对所述上行数据的下行 75. The entity according to claim 74, wherein the transmitter is further configured to send a downlink response for the uplink data to the UE according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode.
HARQ指示。 HARQ instructions.
76、 根据权利要求 69或 74所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模 式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式时, 所述接收器采用辅载波中 的部分上行子帧接收所述上行数据, 所述部分上行子帧的位置与主载波中的 上行子帧的位置相同。
76. The entity according to claim 69 or 74, characterized in that, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and when the second duplex mode is an FDD mode, the receiver uses part of the auxiliary carrier The uplink data is received in an uplink subframe, and the position of the part of the uplink subframe is the same as the position of the uplink subframe in the main carrier.
77、 根据权利要求 66〜76中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理器 还用于: 77. The entity according to any one of claims 66 to 76, characterized in that the processor is also used for:
在根据另一实体的指示与用户设备 UE 交互数据之前, 确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; Before exchanging data with the user equipment UE according to the instructions of another entity, determine the resources occupied by the CA in the secondary carrier;
所述发射器和处理器具体用于, 根据所述另一实体的指示, 通过所述辅 载波中的 CA占用资源与所述 UE交互数据。 The transmitter and processor are specifically configured to, according to the instruction of the other entity, exchange data with the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier.
78、根据权利要求 77所述的实体,其特征在于,所述处理器还具体用于: 与所述另一实体协商确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源; 或者, 78. The entity according to claim 77, wherein the processor is further specifically configured to: negotiate with the other entity to determine the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier; or,
根据预先配置确定辅载波中的 CA占用资源。 Determine the resources occupied by the CA in the secondary carrier according to the pre-configuration.
79、 根据权利要求 77或 78所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述发射器和接 收器还用于,通过所述辅载波中除所述 CA占用资源之外的其它资源与接入所 述辅载波小区的 UE交互数据。 79. The entity according to claim 77 or 78, characterized in that: the transmitter and the receiver are further configured to communicate with and access the secondary carrier through other resources in the auxiliary carrier except the resources occupied by the CA. UE interaction data of the secondary carrier cell.
80、 根据权利要求 78所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双工模式为频 分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 80. The entity according to claim 78, wherein the first duplex mode is frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is time division duplex TDD mode;
所述发射器通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源向所述 UE发送数据时, 所 述辅载波中的上行子帧和特殊子帧不可用; 或者, When the transmitter sends data to the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the uplink subframe and special subframe in the secondary carrier are unavailable; or,
所述接收器通过所述辅载波中的 CA占用资源从所述 UE接收数据时, 所 述辅载波中的下行子帧和特殊子帧不可用。 When the receiver receives data from the UE through the CA occupied resources in the secondary carrier, the downlink subframes and special subframes in the secondary carrier are unavailable.
81、 根据权利要求 66〜80中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述处理器 具体用于: 81. The entity according to any one of claims 66 to 80, characterized in that the processor is specifically used for:
根据运营支撑系统 0SS的配置, 确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区。 According to the configuration of the operation support system OSS, determine the main carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA.
82、 根据权利要求 66〜81 中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述第一双 工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 82. The entity according to any one of claims 66 to 81, wherein the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; or , the first duplex mode is the TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is the FDD mode.
83、 根据权利要求 66〜82中任一所述的实体, 其特征在于, 所述实体为 基站。 83. The entity according to any one of claims 66 to 82, characterized in that the entity is a base station.
84、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 84. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
处理器,用于确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区; 所述主载波 小区为第一双工模式的小区, 所述辅载波小区为第二双工模式的小区, 所 述第一双工模式与所述第二双工模式不同;
发射器与接收器, 用于与第一实体交互第一数据, 并通过第二实体与所 述第一实体交互第二数据; 所述第一实体用于控制所述主载波小区, 所述第 二实体用于控制所述辅载波小区。 A processor configured to determine the primary carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA; the primary carrier cell is a cell in a first duplex mode, the secondary carrier cell is a cell in a second duplex mode, and the first The duplex mode is different from the second duplex mode; The transmitter and the receiver are used to exchange first data with the first entity, and exchange second data with the first entity through the second entity; the first entity is used to control the main carrier cell, and the third entity The second entity is used to control the secondary carrier cell.
85、 根据权利要求 84所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述发射器与 接收器具体用于: 85. The user equipment according to claim 84, characterized in that the transmitter and receiver are specifically used for:
按照所述第一双工模式, 与所述第一实体交互第一数据; According to the first duplex mode, exchange first data with the first entity;
按照所述第二双工模式, 通过第二实体与所述第一实体交互第二数据。 According to the second duplex mode, the second data is exchanged with the first entity through the second entity.
86、 根据权利要求 85所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二数据为第 二下行数据; 86. The user equipment according to claim 85, wherein the second data is second downlink data;
所述接收器具体用于: 从所述第二实体接收由所述第二实体按照所述第 二双工模式进行调制后的第二下行数据, 所述第二下行数据是所述第二实体 从所述第一实体接收的。 The receiver is specifically configured to: receive second downlink data modulated by the second entity according to the second duplex mode from the second entity, where the second downlink data is Received from the first entity.
87、根据权利要求 86所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述发射器还用于: 按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序, 向所述第二实体发送针对所述第二 下行数据的上行混合自动重传请求 HARQ指示。 87. The user equipment according to claim 86, wherein the transmitter is further configured to: send the second downlink data to the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. The upstream Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request HARQ indication.
88、 根据权利要求 85所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二数据为第 二上行数据; 88. The user equipment according to claim 85, wherein the second data is second uplink data;
所述发射器具体用于: 将按照所述第二双工模式调制后的第二上行数据 发送给所述第二实体, 所述调制后的第二上行数据由所述第二实体解调后, 被所述第二实体发送给所述第一实体。 The transmitter is specifically configured to: send the second uplink data modulated according to the second duplex mode to the second entity, and the modulated second uplink data is demodulated by the second entity. , sent by the second entity to the first entity.
89、根据权利要求 88所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述接收器还用于: 接收所述第二实体按照所述第二双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对所述 第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示; 或者, 89. The user equipment according to claim 88, characterized in that the receiver is further configured to: receive the second uplink message sent by the second entity according to the feedback timing of the second duplex mode. Downstream HARQ indication of data; or,
接收所述第一实体所述按照所述第一双工模式的反馈时序发送的、 针对 所述第二上行数据的下行 HARQ指示。 Receive the downlink HARQ indication for the second uplink data sent by the first entity according to the feedback timing of the first duplex mode.
90、 根据权利要求 84〜89中任一所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接 收器还用于: 在所述用户设备接入所述主载波小区后, 从所述第一实体接收 所述辅载波小区对应的辅载波对应的频点的信息; 90. The user equipment according to any one of claims 84 to 89, characterized in that the receiver is further configured to: after the user equipment accesses the main carrier cell, receive from the first entity Information about the frequency point corresponding to the secondary carrier corresponding to the secondary carrier cell;
所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述接收器从所述第一实体接收的所述频点 的信息, 确定载波聚合 CA的主载波小区和辅载波小区。
The processor is specifically configured to: determine the main carrier cell and the secondary carrier cell of the carrier aggregation CA according to the frequency point information received by the receiver from the first entity.
91、 根据权利要求 90所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收器还具体 用于: 从所述第一实体接收无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息, 所述 RRC重配置 消息携带所述频点的信息。 91. The user equipment according to claim 90, wherein the receiver is further configured to: receive a Radio Resource Control (RRC) reconfiguration message from the first entity, the RRC reconfiguration message carrying the frequency point information.
92、 根据权利要求 84〜91 中任一所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第 一双工模式为频分双工 FDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为时分双工 TDD模式; 或者, 所述第一双工模式为 TDD模式, 所述第二双工模式为 FDD模式。 92. The user equipment according to any one of claims 84 to 91, wherein the first duplex mode is a frequency division duplex FDD mode, and the second duplex mode is a time division duplex TDD mode; Alternatively, the first duplex mode is a TDD mode, and the second duplex mode is an FDD mode.
93、 一种载波聚合系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 如权利要求 46〜65中任 一所述的实体, 所述另一实体和所述用户设备。 93. A carrier aggregation system, characterized in that it includes: the entity according to any one of claims 46 to 65, the other entity and the user equipment.
94、 一种载波聚合系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 如权利要求 66〜83中任 一所述的实体, 所述另一实体和所述用户设备。 94. A carrier aggregation system, characterized in that it includes: the entity according to any one of claims 66 to 83, the other entity and the user equipment.
95、 一种载波聚合系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 如权利要求 84〜92中任 一所述的用户设备, 所述第一实体和所述第二实体。
95. A carrier aggregation system, characterized in that it includes: the user equipment according to any one of claims 84 to 92, the first entity and the second entity.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/082803 WO2015027520A1 (en) | 2013-09-02 | 2013-09-02 | Carrier aggregation method, device and system |
CN201380001162.0A CN103718498B (en) | 2013-09-02 | 2013-09-02 | Carrier polymerizing method, equipment and system |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/082803 WO2015027520A1 (en) | 2013-09-02 | 2013-09-02 | Carrier aggregation method, device and system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015027520A1 true WO2015027520A1 (en) | 2015-03-05 |
Family
ID=50409493
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/082803 WO2015027520A1 (en) | 2013-09-02 | 2013-09-02 | Carrier aggregation method, device and system |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN103718498B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015027520A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN105981457A (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2016-09-28 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, apparatus and system |
CN104135456B (en) * | 2014-08-21 | 2017-06-27 | 武汉邮电科学研究院 | A kind of carrier polymerizing method of LTE system |
CN105656615B (en) * | 2014-11-13 | 2019-06-25 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | A kind of duplex wireless communications method and apparatus |
CN106034017B (en) * | 2015-03-17 | 2019-02-05 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | A kind of carrier wave aggregation configuration method and device |
CN106255207B (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2019-11-01 | 北京智谷技术服务有限公司 | Ascending resource configuration method, ascending transmission method and its device |
CN105407511B (en) * | 2015-10-23 | 2018-11-30 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | A kind of method and device of user equipment access carrier converging network |
CN111327410B (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2021-05-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, terminal and network equipment for carrier aggregation system |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102315916A (en) * | 2010-07-06 | 2012-01-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for sending downlink distribution indication, method and device for feeding back responder channel |
WO2012063754A1 (en) * | 2010-11-09 | 2012-05-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Mobile station device, base station device, wireless communication system, wireless communication method, and integrated circuit |
CN102685891A (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2012-09-19 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Implementation method and system for carrier aggregation in wireless communication system |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102118756B (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2014-07-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Carrier aggregation method and dynamic spectrum allocation method |
US20120106404A1 (en) * | 2010-11-01 | 2012-05-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Fdd and tdd carrier aggregation |
US8797924B2 (en) * | 2011-05-06 | 2014-08-05 | Innovative Sonic Corporation | Method and apparatus to improve discontinuous reception (DRX) operation for TDD (time division duplex) and FDD (frequency division duplex) mode in carrier aggregation (CA) |
-
2013
- 2013-09-02 CN CN201380001162.0A patent/CN103718498B/en active Active
- 2013-09-02 WO PCT/CN2013/082803 patent/WO2015027520A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102315916A (en) * | 2010-07-06 | 2012-01-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for sending downlink distribution indication, method and device for feeding back responder channel |
WO2012063754A1 (en) * | 2010-11-09 | 2012-05-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Mobile station device, base station device, wireless communication system, wireless communication method, and integrated circuit |
CN102685891A (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2012-09-19 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Implementation method and system for carrier aggregation in wireless communication system |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
SAMSUNG, DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS AND NETWORK/UE REQUIREMENTS FOR LTE TDD/FDD CA, 23 August 2013 (2013-08-23) * |
SHARP, DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR TDD-FDD CA, 23 August 2013 (2013-08-23) * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN103718498A (en) | 2014-04-09 |
CN103718498B (en) | 2016-10-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN113196838B (en) | UE assistance information for power saving configuration | |
JP7087089B2 (en) | Methods and Devices for Triggering Transmission Carrier Selection in Wireless Communities | |
CN114467321B (en) | Managing MSIM concurrent activity | |
WO2015027520A1 (en) | Carrier aggregation method, device and system | |
TW202106102A (en) | Ue assisted fast transition between rrc states | |
US20220038243A1 (en) | Enabled/disabled harq feedback and harq-less processes | |
US11659379B2 (en) | Dynamic capacity for multiple universal subscriber identity modules | |
TW202139748A (en) | Slice allocation and interface to applications | |
EP3909385A1 (en) | Wireless resource allocation schemes in vehicle-to-everything (v2x) communication | |
CN117941455A (en) | RRC timer for layer 2 UE to network relay | |
CN116097593A (en) | Enhanced PUCCH transmission for repetition or frequency hopping | |
EP3742780A1 (en) | Communication method and communication device | |
WO2021211877A1 (en) | Time domain resource allocation-based harq-ack feedback generation | |
TW202127943A (en) | Methods to configure uplink cancellation indication for supplementary uplink carriers | |
TW202126088A (en) | Ue capability reporting for configured and activated pathloss reference signals | |
TW202218467A (en) | Management of uplink and srs transmissions on different carriers | |
CN117083977A (en) | MR-DC improvement | |
CN117083891A (en) | MR-DC improvement | |
CN116326159A (en) | Auxiliary connection | |
CN116326193A (en) | RRC configuration for single-link dual subscriber identity module dual active (DSDA) | |
KR20240017351A (en) | Dual-connection architecture and setup procedures | |
EP4360387A1 (en) | Prioritizing uplink or downlink flows in multi-processor device | |
WO2023113954A1 (en) | Disaggregated ue architecture | |
EP4189886A1 (en) | Activating sidelink relay mac-ce | |
CN118202777A (en) | Session offloading for L2 UE to network relay architecture |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13892364 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13892364 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |